Auto-commit of loaddefs files.
[emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blob2ca5182e063ccd8d9b6a0a3ecb7ab842356bc737
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (20545 57511 257469 0))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
11 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
12 Play 5x5.
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 \\<5x5-mode-map>
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move up \\[5x5-up]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
31 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
32 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
33 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
35 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
37 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
40 \(fn)" t nil)
42 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
43 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
45 \(fn)" t nil)
47 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
48 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
50 \(fn)" t nil)
52 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
53 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
54 Mutate the result.
56 \(fn)" t nil)
58 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
59 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
61 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
62 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
63 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
64 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
66 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
68 ;;;***
70 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
71 ;;;;;; (20576 42138 697312 0))
72 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
74 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
75 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
76 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
77 extensions.
78 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
79 the file name.
81 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
83 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
84 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
86 \(fn)" t nil)
88 ;;;***
90 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
91 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
92 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
94 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
95 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
97 \(fn)" t nil)
99 ;;;***
101 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
102 ;;;;;; (20458 56750 651721 0))
103 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
105 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
106 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
107 Completion is available.
109 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
111 ;;;***
113 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
114 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
115 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
116 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "vc/add-log.el"
117 ;;;;;; (20665 59189 799105 0))
118 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
120 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
122 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
123 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
124 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
125 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
126 outside a function.")
128 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
130 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
131 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
132 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
134 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
136 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
137 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
138 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
139 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
140 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
141 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
143 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
145 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
146 Prompt for a change log name.
148 \(fn)" nil nil)
150 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
151 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
153 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
154 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
155 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
156 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
158 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
159 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
160 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
162 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
163 current buffer to the complete file name.
164 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
166 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
168 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
169 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
170 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
171 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
173 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
174 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
176 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
178 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
179 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
180 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
182 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
183 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
184 after a comma on an existing line.
186 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
187 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
188 the same person.
190 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
191 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
192 notices.
194 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
195 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
197 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
199 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
200 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
201 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
202 the change log file in another window.
204 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
206 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
207 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
208 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
209 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
210 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
211 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
213 \\{change-log-mode-map}
215 \(fn)" t nil)
217 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
218 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
220 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
221 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
223 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
224 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
225 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
226 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
227 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
229 Has a preference of looking backwards.
231 \(fn)" nil nil)
233 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
234 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
235 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
236 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
237 or a buffer.
239 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
240 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
242 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
244 ;;;***
246 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
247 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
248 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (20660 41272 835092 0))
249 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
251 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
252 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
253 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
254 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
255 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
256 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
257 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
258 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
259 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
260 interpreted as `error'.")
262 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
264 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
265 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
266 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
267 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
268 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
269 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
270 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
271 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
273 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
275 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
276 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
278 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
280 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
281 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
283 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
285 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
286 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
288 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
289 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
290 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
291 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
292 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
294 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
295 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
296 the new one.
298 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
299 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
300 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
301 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
302 mapped to the closest extremal position).
304 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
305 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
306 the cache-id will clear the cache.
308 See Info node `(elisp)Computed Advice' for detailed documentation.
310 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
312 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
313 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
314 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
315 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
316 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
317 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
318 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
319 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
320 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
321 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
322 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
323 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
324 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
325 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
326 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
327 definition will always be cached for later usage.
329 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
331 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
332 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
333 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
335 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
336 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
337 BODY...)
339 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
340 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
341 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
342 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
343 see also `ad-add-advice'.
344 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
345 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
346 before/around/after-advices will be used.
347 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
348 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
349 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
350 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
351 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
352 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
354 Semantics of the various flags:
355 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
356 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
357 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
359 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
360 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
362 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
363 advised function should be compiled.
365 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
366 during activation until somebody enables it.
368 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
369 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
370 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
371 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
373 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
374 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
375 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
376 BODY...)
378 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
380 (put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
382 ;;;***
384 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
385 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
386 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
387 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
389 (autoload 'align "align" "\
390 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
391 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
392 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
393 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
394 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
395 rule's `separate' attribute).
397 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
398 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
399 `separate' attribute set.
401 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
402 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
403 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
404 on the format of these lists.
406 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
408 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
409 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
410 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
411 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
412 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
413 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
414 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
415 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
416 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
417 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
418 options.
420 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
421 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
423 Fred (123) 456-7890
424 Alice (123) 456-7890
425 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
426 Joe (123) 456-7890
428 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
429 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
430 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
432 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
434 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
435 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
436 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
437 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
438 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
439 align that section.
441 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
443 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
444 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
445 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
446 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
447 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
448 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
449 been used to align that section.
451 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
453 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
454 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
455 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
456 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
457 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
458 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
459 to be colored.
461 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
463 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
464 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
466 \(fn)" t nil)
468 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
469 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
471 \(fn)" t nil)
473 ;;;***
475 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode allout-mode-p allout-auto-activation
476 ;;;;;; allout-setup allout-auto-activation-helper) "allout" "allout.el"
477 ;;;;;; (20651 26294 774003 0))
478 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
480 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
481 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
483 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
485 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
487 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
488 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
490 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
491 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
493 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
494 `allout-auto-activation'.
496 \(fn)" nil nil)
498 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
499 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
501 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
502 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
503 file variable `allout-layout'.
505 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
506 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
507 specified layout is applied.
509 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
510 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
512 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
513 Auto-layout is not.
515 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
517 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
519 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
521 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
523 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
525 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
527 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
529 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
531 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
533 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
535 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
537 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
539 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
541 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
543 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
545 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
547 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
549 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
551 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
552 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
554 \(fn)" nil t)
556 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
557 Toggle Allout outline mode.
558 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
559 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
560 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
562 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
563 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
564 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
565 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
566 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
567 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
568 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
569 outline.)
571 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
573 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
574 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
575 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
576 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
577 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
578 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
579 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
580 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
582 and many other features.
584 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
585 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
586 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
587 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
588 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
590 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
591 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
592 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
593 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
594 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
595 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
596 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
597 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
598 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
599 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
601 Exposure Control:
602 ----------------
603 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
604 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
605 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
606 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
607 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
609 Navigation:
610 ----------
611 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
612 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
613 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
614 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
615 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
616 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
617 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
618 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
619 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
620 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
623 Topic Header Production:
624 -----------------------
625 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
626 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
627 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
629 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
630 ---------------------------------
631 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
632 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
633 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
634 current topic
635 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
636 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
637 are alternated according to nesting depth.
638 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
639 the offspring are not affected.
640 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
642 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
643 ----------------------------------
644 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
645 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
646 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
647 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
648 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
649 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
650 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
651 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
653 Topic-oriented Encryption:
654 -------------------------
655 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
656 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
658 Misc commands:
659 -------------
660 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
661 and establish a default file-var setting
662 for `allout-layout'.
663 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
664 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
665 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
666 buffer with name derived from derived from that
667 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
668 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
669 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
670 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
671 format.
672 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
673 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
674 auto-activation.
676 Topic Encryption
678 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
679 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
680 pending encryption on save.
682 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
683 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
684 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
685 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
686 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
688 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
689 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
690 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
691 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
692 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
693 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
694 signal.
696 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
697 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
698 for details.
700 HOT-SPOT Operation
702 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
703 navigation and exposure control.
705 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
706 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
707 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
708 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
709 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
711 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
712 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
713 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
714 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
715 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
717 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
718 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
719 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
720 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
721 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
722 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
723 at the beginning of the current entry.
725 Extending Allout
727 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
728 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
729 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
731 `allout-mode-hook'
732 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
733 `allout-mode-off-hook'
734 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
735 `allout-structure-added-functions'
736 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
737 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
738 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
739 `allout-post-undo-hook'
741 Terminology
743 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
745 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
746 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
747 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
748 CURRENT ITEM:
749 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
750 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
751 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
752 called the:
753 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
755 ANCESTORS:
756 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
757 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
758 of the ITEM.
759 OFFSPRING:
760 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
761 SUBTOPIC:
762 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
763 CHILD:
764 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
765 SIBLINGS:
766 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
768 Topic text constituents:
770 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
771 text.
772 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
773 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
774 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
775 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
776 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
777 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
778 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
779 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
780 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
781 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
782 the PREFIX.
784 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
785 of the ITEM.
786 PREFIX-LEAD:
787 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
788 It can be customized by changing the setting of
789 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
791 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
792 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
793 program code without interfering with processing of the text
794 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
795 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
796 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
797 docstring for more detail.
798 PREFIX-PADDING:
799 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
800 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
801 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
802 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
803 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
804 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
805 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
806 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
807 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
808 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
809 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
810 more details.
811 EXPOSURE:
812 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
813 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
814 CONCEALED:
815 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
816 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
818 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
819 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
820 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
822 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
824 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
826 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
827 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
829 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
830 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
832 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
834 ;;;***
836 ;;;### (autoloads (allout-widgets-mode allout-widgets-auto-activation
837 ;;;;;; allout-widgets-setup allout-widgets) "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el"
838 ;;;;;; (20545 57511 257469 0))
839 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
841 (let ((loads (get 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads))) (if (member '"allout-widgets" loads) nil (put 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads (cons '"allout-widgets" loads))))
843 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
844 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
846 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
848 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
850 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
851 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
853 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
854 visiting an outline.
856 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
857 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
859 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
860 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
861 you want allout widgets operation.
863 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
865 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
867 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
869 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
870 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
871 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
872 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
873 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
875 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
876 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
877 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
879 The graphics include:
881 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
883 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
884 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
886 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
887 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
889 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
890 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
891 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
893 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
895 ;;;***
897 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
898 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
899 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
901 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
903 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
904 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
905 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
906 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
907 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
908 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
910 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
912 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
915 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
917 ;;;***
919 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
920 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (20545 57511 257469 0))
921 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
923 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
924 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
925 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
926 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
927 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
928 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
929 in the current window.
931 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
933 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
934 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
935 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
936 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
937 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
938 buffer if one does not exist.
940 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
942 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
943 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
944 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
945 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
946 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
948 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
950 ;;;***
952 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
953 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (20642 11326 759953 0))
954 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
956 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
957 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
959 \(fn)" t nil)
961 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
962 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
964 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
965 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
966 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
967 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
969 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
970 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
972 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
974 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
976 ;;;***
978 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
979 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (20566 63671 243798
980 ;;;;;; 0))
981 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
983 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
984 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
985 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
986 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
987 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
988 \\[yank].
990 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
991 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
992 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
993 the rules.
995 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
996 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
997 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
998 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1000 \(fn)" t nil)
1002 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1003 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1005 \(fn)" t nil)
1007 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1008 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1009 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1011 \(fn)" nil nil)
1013 ;;;***
1015 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-add) "appt" "calendar/appt.el"
1016 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
1017 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1019 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1020 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1021 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1022 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1023 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1024 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1026 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1028 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1029 Toggle checking of appointments.
1030 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1031 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1033 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1035 ;;;***
1037 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
1038 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
1039 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (20523 62082
1040 ;;;;;; 997685 0))
1041 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1043 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1044 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1045 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1046 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1048 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1049 kind of objects to search.
1051 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1053 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1054 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1055 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1056 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1057 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1058 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1060 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1061 normal variables.
1063 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1065 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1067 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1068 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1069 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1070 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1071 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1072 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1074 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1075 noninteractive functions.
1077 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1078 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1080 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1081 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1083 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1085 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1086 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1088 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1090 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1091 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1092 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1093 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1095 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1096 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1097 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1098 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1100 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1101 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1103 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1105 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1107 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1108 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1109 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1110 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1111 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1113 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1115 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1116 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1117 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1118 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1119 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1120 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1122 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1123 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1124 names and values of properties.
1126 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1128 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1130 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1131 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1132 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1133 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1134 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1135 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1137 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1138 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1139 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1140 documentation strings.
1142 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1144 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1146 ;;;***
1148 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (20647
1149 ;;;;;; 29243 972198 0))
1150 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1152 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1153 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1154 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1155 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1156 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1157 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1159 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1160 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1161 archive.
1163 \\{archive-mode-map}
1165 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1167 ;;;***
1169 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (20355 10021 546955
1170 ;;;;;; 0))
1171 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1173 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1174 Major mode for editing arrays.
1176 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1177 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1178 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1180 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1182 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1183 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1184 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1186 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1187 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1188 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1189 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1190 The variables are:
1192 Variables you assign:
1193 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1194 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1195 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1196 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1197 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1198 row numbers in the buffer.
1200 Variables which are calculated:
1201 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1202 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1204 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1205 take a numeric prefix argument):
1207 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1208 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1209 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1210 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1212 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1213 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1214 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1215 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1217 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1218 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1219 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1220 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1222 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1223 between that of point and mark.
1225 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1226 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1228 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1229 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1230 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1231 newlines inside rows)
1233 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1235 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1237 \(fn)" t nil)
1239 ;;;***
1241 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (20513
1242 ;;;;;; 18948 537867 0))
1243 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1245 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1246 Toggle Artist mode.
1247 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1248 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1249 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1251 How to quit Artist mode
1253 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1256 How to submit a bug report
1258 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1261 Drawing with the mouse:
1263 mouse-2
1264 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1265 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1266 below).
1268 mouse-1
1269 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1270 or pastes:
1272 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1273 --------------------------------------------------------------
1274 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1275 to new point
1276 --------------------------------------------------------------
1277 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1278 --------------------------------------------------------------
1279 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1280 --------------------------------------------------------------
1281 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1282 --------------------------------------------------------------
1283 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1286 --------------------------------------------------------------
1287 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1292 lines
1293 --------------------------------------------------------------
1294 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1295 --------------------------------------------------------------
1296 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1297 --------------------------------------------------------------
1298 Paste Paste Paste
1299 --------------------------------------------------------------
1300 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1303 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1304 or diagonally.
1306 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1307 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1308 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1309 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1310 poly-lines.
1312 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1313 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1314 overwrite means the opposite.
1316 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1317 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1318 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1320 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1322 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1323 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1325 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1326 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1327 are currently drawing something.
1329 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1330 some time to fill.
1333 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1334 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1337 Settings
1339 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1341 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1343 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1345 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1347 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1348 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1350 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1353 Drawing with keys
1355 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1356 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1357 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1358 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1359 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1360 When pasting: Pastes
1362 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1364 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1366 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1367 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1368 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1369 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1370 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1371 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1374 Arrows
1376 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1377 of the line/poly-line
1379 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1380 of the line/poly-line
1383 Selecting operation
1385 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1387 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1388 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1389 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1390 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1391 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1392 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1393 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1394 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1395 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1396 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1397 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1398 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1399 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1400 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1401 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1402 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1403 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1404 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1405 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1406 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1409 Variables
1411 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1412 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1414 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1415 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1416 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1417 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1418 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1419 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1420 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1421 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1422 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1423 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1424 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1425 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1426 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1427 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1428 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1429 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1430 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1431 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1432 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1434 Hooks
1436 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1439 Keymap summary
1441 \\{artist-mode-map}
1443 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1445 ;;;***
1447 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (20355
1448 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
1449 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1451 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1452 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1453 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1455 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1456 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1457 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1458 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1460 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1461 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1463 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1464 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1466 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1468 Special commands:
1469 \\{asm-mode-map}
1471 \(fn)" t nil)
1473 ;;;***
1475 ;;;### (autoloads (auth-source-cache-expiry) "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el"
1476 ;;;;;; (20544 36659 880486 0))
1477 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1479 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1480 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1481 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1482 let-binding.")
1484 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1486 ;;;***
1488 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1489 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
1490 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1492 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1493 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1494 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1496 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1498 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1499 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1500 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1501 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1502 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1504 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1505 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1506 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1507 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1508 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1509 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1510 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1511 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1513 For example:
1514 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1515 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1516 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1517 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1518 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1520 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1522 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1524 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1525 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1526 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1527 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1528 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1529 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1531 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1533 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1534 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1535 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1536 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1537 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1539 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1540 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1541 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1543 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1545 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1547 ;;;***
1549 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1550 ;;;;;; (20665 59189 799105 0))
1551 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1553 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1554 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1556 \(fn)" t nil)
1558 ;;;***
1560 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1561 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
1562 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1564 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1565 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1566 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1568 \(fn)" t nil)
1570 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1571 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1572 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1573 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1575 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1577 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1578 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1579 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1580 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1581 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1582 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1584 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1586 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1587 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1588 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1589 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1590 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1592 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1593 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1595 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1597 ;;;***
1599 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1600 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1601 ;;;;;; (20594 43050 277913 0))
1602 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1604 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1606 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1608 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1609 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1610 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1612 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1613 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1614 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1615 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1616 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1618 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1620 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1622 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1623 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1624 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1625 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1626 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1628 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1629 directory or directories specified.
1631 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1632 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1633 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1634 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1635 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1636 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1638 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1640 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1641 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1642 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1643 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1644 should be non-nil).
1646 \(fn)" nil nil)
1648 ;;;***
1650 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1651 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1652 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (20476 31768 298871 0))
1653 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1655 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1656 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1657 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1658 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1659 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1661 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1662 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1663 disk changes.
1665 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1666 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1667 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1669 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1671 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1672 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1674 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1675 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1677 \(fn)" nil nil)
1679 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1680 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1681 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1682 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1683 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1685 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1686 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1687 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1688 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1689 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1691 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1692 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1693 writing before you save the file!
1695 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1697 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1699 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1700 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1702 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1703 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1705 \(fn)" nil nil)
1707 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1708 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1709 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1710 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1711 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1712 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1714 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1716 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1717 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1718 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1719 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1720 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1722 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1723 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1724 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1726 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1727 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1728 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1729 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1730 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1732 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1733 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1734 specifies in the mode line.
1736 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1738 ;;;***
1740 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1741 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (20593 22184 581574 0))
1742 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1744 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1745 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1746 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1747 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1748 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1750 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1752 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1753 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1754 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1755 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1757 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1758 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1759 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1761 Effects of the different modes:
1762 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1763 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1764 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1765 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1766 a random distance & direction.
1767 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1768 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1769 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1771 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1773 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1774 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1775 definition of \"random distance\".)
1777 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1779 ;;;***
1781 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1782 ;;;;;; (20594 43050 277913 0))
1783 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1784 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1786 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1787 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1788 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1789 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1791 \(fn)" t nil)
1793 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1794 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1795 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1796 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1797 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1798 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1800 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1802 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1803 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1804 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1805 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1806 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1808 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1809 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1810 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1811 seconds.
1813 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1815 ;;;***
1817 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1818 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (20557 48712 315579
1819 ;;;;;; 0))
1820 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1822 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1823 Time execution of FORMS.
1824 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1825 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1826 FORMS once.
1827 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1828 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1829 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1831 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1833 (put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1835 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1836 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1837 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1838 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1839 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1841 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1843 (put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1845 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1846 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1847 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1848 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1849 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1851 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1853 ;;;***
1855 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1856 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (20576 13095 881042 0))
1857 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1859 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1860 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1861 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1862 of corresponding buffers.
1863 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1864 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1865 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1866 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1867 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1868 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1870 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1872 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1873 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1875 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1877 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1878 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1879 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1880 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1882 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1883 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1884 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1885 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1886 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1888 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1889 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1892 Special information:
1894 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1896 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1897 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1898 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1899 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1900 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1901 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1902 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1903 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1904 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1905 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1906 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1908 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1909 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1910 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1911 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1912 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1913 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1914 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1915 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1917 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1919 ----------------------------------------------------------
1920 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1921 if that value is non-nil.
1923 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1925 \(fn)" t nil)
1927 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1928 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1929 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1930 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1931 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1932 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1933 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1934 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1935 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1936 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1937 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1938 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1940 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1942 ;;;***
1944 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1945 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
1946 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1948 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1949 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1951 \(fn)" t nil)
1953 ;;;***
1955 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1956 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1957 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
1958 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1960 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1961 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1963 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1964 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1965 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1967 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1969 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1970 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1972 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1974 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1975 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1977 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1979 ;;;***
1981 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (20551
1982 ;;;;;; 9899 283417 0))
1983 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1985 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
1986 Play blackbox.
1987 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1989 What is blackbox?
1991 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1992 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1993 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1994 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1995 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1996 your score.
1998 Overview of play:
2000 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2001 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2002 four.
2004 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2005 movement keys.
2007 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2008 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2010 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2011 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2013 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2014 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2015 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2016 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2017 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2018 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2020 Details:
2022 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2024 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2025 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2026 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2027 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2029 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2030 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2031 denoted by the letter `R'.
2033 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2034 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2035 denoted by the letter `H'.
2037 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2038 example.
2040 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2041 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2042 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2043 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2044 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2045 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2046 ray.
2048 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2049 degree deflection it causes.
2052 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2053 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2054 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2055 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2056 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2057 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2058 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2059 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2062 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2063 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2066 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2067 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2068 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2069 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2070 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2071 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2072 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2073 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2075 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2076 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2077 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2078 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2079 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2080 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2081 emerging from the box.
2083 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2085 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2086 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2087 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2088 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2089 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2090 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2091 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2092 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2094 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2095 a reflection.
2097 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2099 ;;;***
2101 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-search bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load
2102 ;;;;;; bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert
2103 ;;;;;; bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate
2104 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump-other-window bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
2105 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (20630 20152 156327 0))
2106 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2107 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2108 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2109 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2111 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2112 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2113 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2114 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2115 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2116 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2117 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2119 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2120 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2121 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2123 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2124 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2125 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2126 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2127 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2128 recent one.
2130 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2131 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2132 yank successive words.
2134 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2135 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2136 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2137 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2138 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2140 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2141 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2142 the list of bookmarks.)
2144 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2146 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2147 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2148 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2149 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2150 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2151 this.
2153 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2154 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2155 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2156 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2158 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2159 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2161 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2162 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2163 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2165 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2167 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2168 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2170 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2172 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2173 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2175 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2176 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2177 after a bookmark was set in it.
2179 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2181 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2182 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2184 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2185 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2187 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2189 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2191 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2192 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2193 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2194 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2196 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2197 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2198 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2200 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2201 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2202 name.
2204 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2206 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2207 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2208 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2210 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2211 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2212 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2213 this.
2215 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2217 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2218 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2220 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2221 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2222 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2223 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2224 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2225 probably because we were called from there.
2227 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2229 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2230 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2231 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2233 \(fn)" t nil)
2235 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2236 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2237 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2238 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2239 \(second argument).
2241 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2242 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2243 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2244 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2245 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2247 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2248 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2249 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2250 `bookmark-default-file'.
2252 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2254 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2255 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2256 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2257 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2258 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2259 while loading.
2261 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2262 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2263 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2264 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2265 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2266 explicitly.
2268 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2269 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2270 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2271 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2273 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2275 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2276 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2277 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2278 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2279 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2281 \(fn)" t nil)
2283 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2285 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2287 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2288 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2290 \(fn)" t nil)
2292 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2294 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2296 ;;;***
2298 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2299 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2300 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2301 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-chromium
2302 ;;;;;; browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2303 ;;;;;; browse-url-xdg-open browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2304 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2305 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-browser-function)
2306 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
2307 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2309 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2310 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2311 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2312 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2314 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2315 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2316 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2317 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2318 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2320 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2322 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2323 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2324 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2325 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2326 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2327 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2329 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2331 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2332 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2333 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2334 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2335 narrowed.
2337 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2339 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2340 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2342 \(fn)" t nil)
2344 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2345 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2347 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2349 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2350 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2351 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2352 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2353 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2354 first, if that exists.
2356 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2358 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2359 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2360 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2361 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2363 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2365 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2366 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2367 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2368 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2369 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2370 to use.
2372 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2374 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2375 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2376 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2377 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2379 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2381 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2382 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2383 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2384 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2386 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2387 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2388 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2389 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2391 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2392 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2393 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2395 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2396 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2398 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2400 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2401 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2402 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2403 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2405 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2406 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2407 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2408 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2410 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2411 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2412 new tab in an existing window instead.
2414 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2415 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2417 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2419 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2420 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2421 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2422 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2423 Firefox.
2425 When called interactively, if variable
2426 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2427 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2428 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2429 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2431 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2432 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2433 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2435 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2436 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2438 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2439 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2440 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2441 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2442 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2443 URL in a new window.
2445 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2447 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2448 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2449 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2450 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2451 Chromium.
2453 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2455 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2456 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2457 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2458 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2460 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2461 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2462 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2463 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2465 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2466 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2467 new tab in an existing window instead.
2469 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2470 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2472 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2474 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2475 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2477 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2479 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2480 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2481 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2482 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2484 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2485 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2486 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2487 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2489 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2490 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2492 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2494 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2495 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2497 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2498 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2499 program is invoked according to the variable
2500 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2502 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2503 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2504 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2505 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2507 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2508 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2510 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2512 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2513 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2514 Default to the URL around or before point.
2516 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2517 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2518 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2520 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2521 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2522 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2523 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2525 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2526 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2528 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2530 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2531 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2532 Default to the URL around or before point.
2534 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2535 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2536 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2538 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2539 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2541 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2543 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2544 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2545 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2546 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2548 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2550 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2551 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2552 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2553 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2554 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2555 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2557 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2559 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2560 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2561 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2562 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2563 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2565 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2566 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2567 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2568 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2570 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2571 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2573 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2575 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2576 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2577 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2578 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2579 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2580 current one.
2582 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2583 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2584 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2585 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2587 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2588 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2590 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2592 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2593 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2594 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2595 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2596 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2597 don't offer a form of remote control.
2599 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2601 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2602 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2603 Default to the URL around or before point.
2605 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2607 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2608 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2609 Default to the URL around the point.
2611 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2612 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2614 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2615 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2617 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2619 ;;;***
2621 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2622 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (20576 13095 881042 0))
2623 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2625 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2626 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2627 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2628 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2630 \(fn)" t nil)
2632 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2633 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2634 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2635 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2637 \(fn)" t nil)
2639 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2640 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2642 \(fn)" t nil)
2644 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2645 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2646 \\<bs-mode-map>
2647 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2648 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2649 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2650 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2652 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2653 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2654 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2655 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2656 name of buffer configuration.
2658 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2660 ;;;***
2662 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (20566 63671
2663 ;;;;;; 243798 0))
2664 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2666 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2667 Play Bubbles game.
2668 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2669 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2670 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2671 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2672 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2673 columns on its right towards the left.
2675 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2676 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2677 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2678 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2680 \(fn)" t nil)
2682 ;;;***
2684 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2685 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (20593 22184 581574 0))
2686 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2688 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2690 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2691 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2692 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2693 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2694 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2696 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2698 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2699 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2701 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2703 ;;;***
2705 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2706 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2707 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2708 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning)
2709 ;;;;;; "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (20656 44218 805102 0))
2710 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2711 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2712 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2713 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2715 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2717 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2718 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2719 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2720 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2721 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2722 else the global value will be modified.
2724 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2726 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2727 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2728 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2729 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2730 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2731 else the global value will be modified.
2733 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2735 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2736 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2737 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2739 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2741 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2742 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2743 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2744 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2746 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2747 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2748 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2749 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2750 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2751 before scanning it.
2753 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2754 that already has a `.elc' file.
2756 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2757 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2759 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2760 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2761 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2762 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2763 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2764 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2766 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2768 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2769 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2770 Print the result in the echo area.
2771 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2773 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2775 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2776 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2777 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2779 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2781 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2782 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2783 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2784 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2785 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2786 all functions called by those functions.
2788 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2789 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2790 cons, etc.).
2792 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2793 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2794 invoked interactively.
2796 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2798 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2799 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2800 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2801 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2803 \(fn)" nil nil)
2805 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2806 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2807 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2808 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2809 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2810 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2811 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2812 already up-to-date.
2814 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2816 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2817 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2818 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2819 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2821 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2822 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2823 and corresponding effects.
2825 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2827 ;;;***
2829 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (20355
2830 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
2831 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2833 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2835 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2837 ;;;***
2839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (20461 32935
2840 ;;;;;; 300400 0))
2841 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2843 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2845 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2847 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2849 ;;;***
2851 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2852 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
2853 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2855 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2856 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2857 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2858 from the cursor position.
2860 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2862 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2864 ;;;***
2866 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2867 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2868 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (20654
2869 ;;;;;; 2487 96777 0))
2870 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2871 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2873 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2874 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2876 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2878 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2879 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2881 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2883 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2884 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2886 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2888 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2889 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2891 \(fn)" t nil)
2893 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2894 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2895 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2896 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2898 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2900 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2901 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2902 This is most useful in the X window system.
2903 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2904 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2906 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2908 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2909 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2910 See calc-keypad for details.
2912 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2914 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2915 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2917 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2919 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2920 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2922 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2924 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2925 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2927 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2929 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2930 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2931 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2933 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2935 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2936 Define Calc function.
2938 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2939 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2940 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2942 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2943 actual Lisp function name.
2945 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2947 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2949 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2951 ;;;***
2953 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-undo) "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (20355
2954 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
2955 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2957 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2960 \(fn N)" t nil)
2962 ;;;***
2964 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (20476
2965 ;;;;;; 31768 298871 0))
2966 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2968 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2969 Run the Emacs calculator.
2970 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2972 \(fn)" t nil)
2974 ;;;***
2976 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (20594
2977 ;;;;;; 43050 277913 0))
2978 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2980 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2981 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2982 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2983 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2984 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2985 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2987 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2988 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2989 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2990 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2991 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2992 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2993 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
2994 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
2995 window.
2997 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
2998 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3000 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3001 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3002 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3003 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3004 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3005 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3007 Runs the following hooks:
3009 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3010 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3011 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3012 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3014 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3016 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3018 ;;;***
3020 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3021 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
3022 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3024 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3025 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3027 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3029 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3030 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3031 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3032 it fails.
3034 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3036 ;;;***
3038 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
3039 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
3040 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3042 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3043 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3044 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Capitalized Words mode if ARG
3045 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
3046 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3048 Capitalized Words mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When
3049 enabled, a word boundary occurs immediately before an uppercase
3050 letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3051 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3052 restriction to ASCII.
3054 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3056 capitalizedWorDD
3057 ^ ^ ^^
3059 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3060 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3061 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3063 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3064 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3065 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3066 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3067 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3068 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3069 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3071 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3072 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3074 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3076 ;;;***
3078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (20355
3079 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
3080 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3081 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3083 ;;;***
3085 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3086 ;;;;;; (20656 44218 805102 0))
3087 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3089 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3090 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3092 \(fn)" nil nil)
3094 ;;;***
3096 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-install c-guess-region-no-install c-guess-region
3097 ;;;;;; c-guess-buffer-no-install c-guess-buffer c-guess-no-install
3098 ;;;;;; c-guess) "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (20355 10021
3099 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
3100 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3102 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3103 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3105 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3106 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3108 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3109 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3111 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3113 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3114 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3115 made from scratch.
3117 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3119 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3120 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3122 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3123 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3124 made from scratch.
3126 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3128 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3129 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3131 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3133 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3134 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3135 made from scratch.
3137 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3139 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3140 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3142 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3143 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3144 made from scratch.
3146 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3148 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3149 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3151 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3153 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3154 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3155 made from scratch.
3157 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3159 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3160 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3162 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3163 variables are guessed:
3165 * `c-basic-offset', and
3166 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3167 `c-offsets-alist'.
3169 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3170 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3172 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3173 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3175 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3176 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3177 guess is made from scratch.
3179 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3180 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3182 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3184 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3185 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3186 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3187 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3189 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3190 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3191 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3193 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3195 ;;;***
3197 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode
3198 ;;;;;; c++-mode c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3199 ;;;;;; (20665 59189 799105 0))
3200 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3202 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3203 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3204 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3205 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3206 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3207 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3208 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3210 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3212 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3213 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3214 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3215 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3216 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3217 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3218 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3219 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3220 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3221 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3223 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3224 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3225 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3226 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3227 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3228 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3230 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3232 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3233 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3235 Key bindings:
3236 \\{c-mode-map}
3238 \(fn)" t nil)
3240 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3241 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3243 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3244 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3245 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3246 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3247 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3248 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3249 message.
3251 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3253 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3254 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3256 Key bindings:
3257 \\{c++-mode-map}
3259 \(fn)" t nil)
3261 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3262 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3263 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3265 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3266 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3267 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3268 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3269 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3270 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3271 message.
3273 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3275 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3276 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3278 Key bindings:
3279 \\{objc-mode-map}
3281 \(fn)" t nil)
3283 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3284 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3285 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3287 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3288 Major mode for editing Java code.
3289 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3290 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3291 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3292 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3293 message.
3295 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3297 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3298 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3300 Key bindings:
3301 \\{java-mode-map}
3303 \(fn)" t nil)
3305 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3306 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3307 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3309 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3310 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3311 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3312 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3313 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3314 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3315 message.
3317 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3319 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3320 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3322 Key bindings:
3323 \\{idl-mode-map}
3325 \(fn)" t nil)
3327 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3328 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3329 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3330 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3332 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3333 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3334 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3335 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3336 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3337 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3338 message.
3340 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3342 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3343 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3345 Key bindings:
3346 \\{pike-mode-map}
3348 \(fn)" t nil)
3349 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3350 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3351 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3352 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3353 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3354 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3356 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3357 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3358 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3359 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3360 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3361 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3363 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3365 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3366 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3368 Key bindings:
3369 \\{awk-mode-map}
3371 \(fn)" t nil)
3373 ;;;***
3375 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3376 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
3377 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3379 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3380 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3381 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3382 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3384 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3386 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3387 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3388 might get set too.
3390 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3391 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3392 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3393 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3394 in this way.
3396 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3397 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3398 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3399 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3400 a null operation.
3402 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3404 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3405 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3406 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3407 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3409 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3411 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3412 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3413 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3415 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3417 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3418 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3419 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3420 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3421 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3423 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3425 ;;;***
3427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (20595 63909
3428 ;;;;;; 923329 0))
3429 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3430 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3431 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3432 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3434 ;;;***
3436 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3437 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3438 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
3439 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3441 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3442 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3444 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3446 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3447 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3449 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3451 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3452 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3454 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3455 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3456 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3457 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3458 execution.
3460 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3462 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3464 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3465 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3467 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3468 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3469 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3470 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3472 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3473 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3474 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3475 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3476 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3477 `write' commands.
3479 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3480 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3481 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3482 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3484 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3485 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3486 semantics.
3488 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3490 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3492 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3494 STATEMENT :=
3495 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3496 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3498 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3499 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3500 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3501 | integer
3503 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3505 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3506 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3507 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3509 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3510 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3511 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3513 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3514 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3516 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3517 BREAK := (break)
3519 REPEAT :=
3520 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3521 (repeat)
3522 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3523 ;; (repeat))
3524 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3525 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3526 ;; (read REG)
3527 ;; (repeat))
3528 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3529 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3530 ;; (read REG)
3531 ;; (repeat))
3532 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3534 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3535 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3536 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3537 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3538 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3539 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3540 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3541 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3542 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3543 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3544 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3545 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3546 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3547 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3548 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3549 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3551 WRITE :=
3552 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3553 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3554 ;; representation.
3555 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3556 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3557 ;; (write r7))
3558 | (write EXPRESSION)
3559 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3560 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3561 ;; representation.
3562 | (write integer)
3563 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3564 ;; buffer.
3565 | (write string)
3566 ;; Same as: (write string)
3567 | string
3568 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3569 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3570 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3571 ;; representation.
3572 | (write REG ARRAY)
3573 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3574 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3575 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3576 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3577 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3578 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3580 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3581 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3583 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3584 END := (end)
3586 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3587 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3588 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3590 ARG := REG | integer
3592 OPERATOR :=
3593 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3594 + | - | * | / | %
3596 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3597 | & | `|' | ^
3599 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3600 | << | >>
3602 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3603 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3604 | <8
3606 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3607 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3608 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3609 | >8
3611 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3612 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3613 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3614 | //
3616 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3617 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3619 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3620 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3621 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3622 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3623 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3624 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3625 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3626 | de-sjis
3628 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3629 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3630 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3631 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3632 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3633 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3634 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3635 ;; byte of SJIS.
3636 | en-sjis
3638 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3639 ;; Same meaning as C code
3640 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3642 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3643 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3644 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3645 | <8=
3647 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3648 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3649 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3651 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3652 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3653 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3654 | //=
3656 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3659 TRANSLATE :=
3660 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3661 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3662 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3663 LOOKUP :=
3664 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3665 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3666 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3667 MAP :=
3668 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3669 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3670 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3671 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3672 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3673 MAP-ID := integer
3675 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3677 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3679 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3680 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3681 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3682 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3683 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3684 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3686 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3688 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3689 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3690 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3692 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3694 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3696 ;;;***
3698 ;;;### (autoloads (cconv-closure-convert) "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el"
3699 ;;;;;; (20453 5437 764254 0))
3700 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3702 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3703 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3704 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3705 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3707 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3709 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3711 ;;;***
3713 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-auto-mode cfengine2-mode cfengine3-mode)
3714 ;;;;;; "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
3715 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3717 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3718 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3719 There are no special keybindings by default.
3721 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3722 to the action header.
3724 \(fn)" t nil)
3726 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3727 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3728 There are no special keybindings by default.
3730 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3731 to the action header.
3733 \(fn)" t nil)
3735 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3736 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3737 on the buffer contents
3739 \(fn)" nil nil)
3741 ;;;***
3743 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3744 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (20378 29222 722320 0))
3745 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3747 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3748 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3749 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3751 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3753 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3754 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3755 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3757 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3759 ;;;***
3761 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3762 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3763 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3764 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3765 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3766 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3767 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3768 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3769 ;;;;;; "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (20647 29243 972198 0))
3770 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3771 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3772 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3773 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3774 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3775 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3777 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3780 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3782 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3783 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3784 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3785 the users will view as each check is completed.
3787 \(fn)" t nil)
3789 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3790 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3791 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3792 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3793 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3794 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3795 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3796 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3798 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3800 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3801 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3802 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3803 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3804 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3805 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3806 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3807 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3809 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3811 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3812 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3813 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3814 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3815 spacing are all verified.
3817 \(fn)" t nil)
3819 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3820 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3821 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3822 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3823 otherwise stop after the first error.
3825 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3827 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3828 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3829 Only documentation strings are checked.
3830 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3831 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3832 a separate buffer.
3834 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3836 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3837 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3838 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3839 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3840 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3842 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3844 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3845 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3846 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3847 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3848 if there is one.
3850 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3852 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3853 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3854 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3855 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3856 if there is one.
3857 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3859 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3861 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3862 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3863 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3865 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3867 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3868 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3869 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3870 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3871 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3873 \(fn)" t nil)
3875 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3876 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3877 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3878 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3879 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3880 space at the end of each line.
3882 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3884 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3885 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3886 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3887 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3889 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3891 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3892 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3893 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3894 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3896 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3898 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3899 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3900 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3901 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3903 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3905 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3906 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3907 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3908 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3910 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3912 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3913 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3914 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3915 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3917 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3919 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3920 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3921 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3922 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3924 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3926 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3927 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3928 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3929 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3931 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3933 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3934 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3935 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3936 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3938 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3940 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3941 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3942 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3943 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3945 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3947 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3948 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3949 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3950 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3951 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3953 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3954 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3955 checking of documentation strings.
3957 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3959 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3961 ;;;***
3963 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3964 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3965 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
3966 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3968 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3969 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3970 Return the length of resulting text.
3972 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3974 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3975 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3977 \(fn)" t nil)
3979 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3980 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3981 Return the length of resulting text.
3983 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3985 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3986 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3988 \(fn)" t nil)
3990 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3993 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3995 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3998 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4000 ;;;***
4002 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4003 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
4004 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4006 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4007 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4008 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4009 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4010 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4011 editing and the result is evaluated.
4013 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4015 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4016 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4017 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4018 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4019 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4021 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4023 \(fn)" t nil)
4025 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4026 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4027 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4028 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4029 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4031 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4032 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4033 \\{command-history-map}
4035 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4036 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4038 \(fn)" t nil)
4040 ;;;***
4042 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4043 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
4044 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4046 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4047 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4048 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4049 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4050 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4051 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4052 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4053 of this function.
4055 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4056 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4057 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4058 property are:
4060 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4061 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4063 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4064 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4065 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4066 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4067 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4068 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4069 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4070 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4071 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4072 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4073 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4074 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4076 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4077 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4078 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4080 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4081 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4082 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4083 list elements are:
4085 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4087 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4089 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4091 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4092 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4094 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4095 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4097 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4098 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4099 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4100 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4101 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4102 value specified by their associated list element.
4104 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4106 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4107 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4108 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4110 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4111 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4112 * indent the first argument by 4.
4113 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4114 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4115 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4117 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4119 ;;;***
4121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (20648 50109
4122 ;;;;;; 802321 0))
4123 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4125 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4127 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4128 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4129 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4130 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4131 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4132 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4134 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4135 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4137 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4139 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4141 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4143 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4145 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4147 ;;;***
4149 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4150 ;;;;;; (20566 63671 243798 0))
4151 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4153 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4154 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4155 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4156 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4158 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4159 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4160 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4161 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4163 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4164 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4166 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4168 ;;;***
4170 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (20355
4171 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
4172 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4174 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4175 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4176 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4177 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4178 of `scheme-program-name').
4179 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4180 it is given as initial input.
4181 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4182 discards input when it starts up.
4183 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4184 is run).
4185 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4187 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4189 ;;;***
4191 ;;;### (autoloads (color-name-to-rgb) "color" "color.el" (20650 54512
4192 ;;;;;; 564403 0))
4193 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4195 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4196 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4197 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4198 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4200 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4201 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4203 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4204 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4205 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4207 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4209 ;;;***
4211 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4212 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4213 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4214 ;;;;;; (20594 43050 277913 0))
4215 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4217 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4218 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4219 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4220 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4221 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4222 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4223 functions have already modified the buffer.
4225 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4227 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4228 either globally or locally.")
4230 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4231 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4232 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4233 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4235 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4236 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4237 `start-file-process'
4238 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4239 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4240 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4242 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4243 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4245 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4247 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4249 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4251 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4252 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4253 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4254 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4255 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4256 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4257 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4258 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4259 process as its initial input.
4261 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4263 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4265 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4267 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4268 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4269 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4270 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4271 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4272 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4274 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4276 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4277 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4278 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4279 directory tracking functions.")
4281 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4282 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4283 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4285 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4287 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4289 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4290 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4291 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4293 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4295 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4297 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4298 Send COMMAND to current process.
4299 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4300 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4302 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4304 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4305 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4306 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4307 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4309 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4311 ;;;***
4313 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el"
4314 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
4315 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4317 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4318 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4319 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4320 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4322 This command pushes the mark in each window
4323 at the prior location of point in that window.
4324 If both windows display the same buffer,
4325 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4326 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4328 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4329 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4330 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4331 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4332 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4333 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4334 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4335 ignored.
4337 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4338 this command work in interlaced mode:
4339 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4340 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4341 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4343 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4345 ;;;***
4347 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4348 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4349 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4350 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
4351 ;;;;;; compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (20615
4352 ;;;;;; 49194 141673 0))
4353 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4355 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4356 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4358 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4360 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4361 List of hook functions run by `compilation-start' on the compilation process.
4362 \(See `run-hook-with-args').
4363 If you use \"omake -P\" and do not want \\[save-buffers-kill-terminal] to ask whether you want
4364 the compilation to be killed, you can use this hook:
4365 (add-hook 'compilation-start-hook
4366 (lambda (process) (set-process-query-on-exit-flag process nil)) nil t)")
4368 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4370 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4371 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4373 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4375 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4376 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4377 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4378 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4379 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4381 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4382 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4383 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4384 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4385 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4387 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4388 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4389 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4390 describing how the process finished.")
4392 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4393 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4394 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4395 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4396 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4398 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4399 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4400 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4402 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4404 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4405 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4406 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4407 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4409 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4411 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4412 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4414 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4415 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4417 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4418 (lambda ()
4419 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4420 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4421 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4422 (concat \"make -k \"
4423 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4425 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4426 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4428 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4429 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4430 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4431 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4433 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4435 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4436 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4437 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4438 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4440 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4441 and move to the source code that caused it.
4443 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4444 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4446 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4447 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4448 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4449 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4451 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4452 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4453 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4454 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4456 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4457 kills its subprocesses.
4459 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4460 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4461 to a function that generates a unique name.
4463 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4465 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4466 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4467 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4468 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4470 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4471 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4473 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4474 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4475 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4476 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4478 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4479 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4480 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4482 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4484 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4486 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4487 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4488 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4489 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4490 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4492 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4494 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4496 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4498 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4500 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4501 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4502 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4503 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4504 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4506 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4507 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4508 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4509 See `compilation-mode'.
4511 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4513 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4514 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4515 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4516 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4517 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4519 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4520 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4521 `compilation-mode'.
4523 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4525 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4526 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4527 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4529 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4531 ;;;***
4533 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4534 ;;;;;; (20495 51111 757560 0))
4535 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4537 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4538 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4539 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4540 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4541 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4542 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4544 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4546 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4547 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4548 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4549 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4550 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4552 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4554 ;;;***
4556 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4557 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4558 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4559 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
4560 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4562 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4563 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4564 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4565 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4566 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4567 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4568 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4570 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4571 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4572 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4574 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4575 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4576 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4578 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4579 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4580 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4581 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4583 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4584 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4585 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4586 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4587 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4588 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4589 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4591 \\{conf-mode-map}
4593 \(fn)" t nil)
4595 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4596 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4597 Comments start with `#'.
4598 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4600 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4602 \[Desktop Entry]
4603 Encoding=UTF-8
4604 Name=The GIMP
4605 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4606 Name[cs]=GIMP
4608 \(fn)" t nil)
4610 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4611 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4612 Comments start with `;'.
4613 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4615 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4617 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4618 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4619 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4621 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4622 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4624 \(fn)" t nil)
4626 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4627 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4628 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4629 between `/*' and `*/'.
4630 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4632 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4633 // another kind of comment
4634 /* yet another */
4636 name:value
4637 name=value
4638 name value
4639 x.1 =
4640 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4641 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4643 \(fn)" t nil)
4645 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4646 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4647 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4648 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4649 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4650 `conf-space-keywords'.
4651 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4652 in an interactive fashion instead.
4654 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4656 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4658 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4659 image/png png
4660 image/tiff tiff tif
4662 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4663 class desktop
4664 # Standard multimedia devices
4665 add /dev/audio desktop
4666 add /dev/mixer desktop
4668 \(fn)" t nil)
4670 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4671 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4672 See `conf-space-mode'.
4674 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4676 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4677 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4678 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4679 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4681 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4683 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4684 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4686 \(fn)" t nil)
4688 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4689 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4690 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4691 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4693 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4695 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4696 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4698 \(fn)" t nil)
4700 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4701 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4702 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4703 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4705 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4707 *background: gray99
4708 *foreground: black
4710 \(fn)" t nil)
4712 ;;;***
4714 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4715 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (20545 57511 257469 0))
4716 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4718 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4719 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4720 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4721 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4723 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4725 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4726 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4727 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4728 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4730 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4732 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4733 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4734 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4735 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4737 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4739 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4740 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4742 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4744 ;;;***
4746 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4747 ;;;;;; copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (20518
4748 ;;;;;; 12580 46478 0))
4749 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4750 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4751 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4752 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4754 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4755 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4756 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4757 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4758 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4759 following the copyright are updated as well.
4760 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4761 interactively.
4763 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4765 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4766 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4767 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4768 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4769 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4771 \(fn)" t nil)
4773 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4774 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4776 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4778 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4779 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4780 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4782 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4784 ;;;***
4786 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4787 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (20665 59189 799105
4788 ;;;;;; 0))
4789 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4790 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4791 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4792 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4793 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4794 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4795 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4796 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4798 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4799 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4800 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4801 Tab indents for Perl code.
4802 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4803 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4805 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4806 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4807 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4808 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4809 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4810 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4811 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4812 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4813 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4814 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4815 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4816 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4818 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4820 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4821 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4823 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4825 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4826 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4827 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4828 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4829 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4830 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4831 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4832 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4833 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4835 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4837 bite if angry;
4839 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4840 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4841 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4842 to nil.)
4844 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4845 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4846 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4848 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4850 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4851 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4852 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4853 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4854 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4856 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4858 if (A) { B }
4860 into
4862 B if A;
4864 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4866 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4867 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4868 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4869 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4870 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4871 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4872 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4873 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4874 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4875 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4876 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4877 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4878 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4880 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4881 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4882 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4883 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4884 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4885 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4887 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4888 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4889 man via menu.
4891 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4892 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4893 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4894 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4895 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4897 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4898 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4899 span the needed amount of lines.
4901 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4902 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4903 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4904 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4906 Variables controlling indentation style:
4907 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4908 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4909 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4910 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4911 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4912 `cperl-auto-newline'
4913 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4914 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4915 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4916 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4917 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4918 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4919 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4920 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4921 `cperl-indent-level'
4922 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4923 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4924 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4925 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4926 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4927 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4928 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4929 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4930 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4931 `cperl-brace-offset'
4932 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4933 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4934 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4935 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4936 `cperl-label-offset'
4937 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4938 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4939 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4941 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4942 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4943 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4944 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4945 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4946 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4948 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4949 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4950 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4951 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4953 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4954 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4955 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4956 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4957 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4958 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4959 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4961 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4962 column 0 is indented on
4963 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4965 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4966 with no args.
4968 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4969 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4970 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4972 \(fn)" t nil)
4974 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4975 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4977 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4979 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4980 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4982 \(fn)" t nil)
4984 ;;;***
4986 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4987 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
4988 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4990 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4991 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4992 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4993 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4994 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4996 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4998 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4999 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5001 \(fn)" t nil)
5003 ;;;***
5005 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5006 ;;;;;; (20593 22184 581574 0))
5007 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5009 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5010 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5011 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5012 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5014 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5015 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5017 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
5019 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
5020 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation (CRiSP mode).
5021 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CRiSP mode if ARG is positive,
5022 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5023 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5025 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5027 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
5029 ;;;***
5031 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5032 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
5033 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5035 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5036 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5037 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5038 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5040 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5041 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5042 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5043 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5045 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5046 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5047 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5049 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5050 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5051 'bob', and 'eve'.
5053 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5054 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5055 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5057 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5059 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5060 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5061 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5063 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5065 ;;;***
5067 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (20665
5068 ;;;;;; 59189 799105 0))
5069 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5071 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5072 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5074 \(fn)" t nil)
5076 ;;;***
5078 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5079 ;;;;;; (20434 17809 692608 0))
5080 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5082 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5083 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5084 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5085 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5086 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5087 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5089 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5091 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5092 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5093 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5094 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5095 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5097 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5098 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5099 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5100 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5101 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5102 normal function of these prefix keys.
5104 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5105 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5106 options:
5107 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5108 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5109 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5111 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5112 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5113 the prefix fallback behavior.
5115 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5116 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5117 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5118 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5120 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5122 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5123 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5125 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5127 ;;;***
5129 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5130 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5131 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5132 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5133 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5134 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5135 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5136 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-push-and-save customize-save-variable
5137 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically
5138 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically custom-browse-sort-alphabetically)
5139 ;;;;;; "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (20657 65077 880084 0))
5140 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5142 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5143 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5145 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5147 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5148 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5150 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5152 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5153 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5155 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5157 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5158 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5160 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5161 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5163 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5164 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5166 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5168 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5170 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5171 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5172 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5174 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5175 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5177 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5178 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5180 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5181 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5183 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5185 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5187 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5188 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5189 Return VALUE.
5191 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5192 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5194 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5195 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5197 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5198 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5200 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5202 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5204 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5205 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5206 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5207 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5209 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5210 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5211 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5213 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5215 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5216 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5217 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5218 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5219 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5221 \(fn)" t nil)
5223 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5224 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5225 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5226 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5228 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5230 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5231 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5232 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5234 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5236 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5237 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5239 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5241 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5243 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5244 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5246 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5248 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5250 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5251 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5252 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5254 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5256 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5257 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5258 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5259 as part of Emacs itself.
5261 Each elements looks like this:
5263 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5265 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5266 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5267 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5268 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5269 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5270 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5271 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5272 and `defface'.
5274 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5276 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5277 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5278 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5279 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5280 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5282 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5283 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5284 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5285 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5287 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5289 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5290 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5291 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5292 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5293 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5294 release.
5296 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5297 that were added or redefined since that version.
5299 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5301 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5302 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5303 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5304 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5306 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5308 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5309 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5311 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5313 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5314 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5315 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5317 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5318 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5320 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5322 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5323 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5325 \(fn)" t nil)
5327 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5328 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5330 \(fn)" t nil)
5332 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5333 Customize all saved options and faces.
5335 \(fn)" t nil)
5337 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5338 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5339 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5340 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5341 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
5342 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5344 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5345 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5346 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5348 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5350 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5351 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5353 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5355 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5356 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5358 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5360 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5361 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5363 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5365 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5366 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5367 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5368 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5369 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5370 that option.
5372 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5374 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5375 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5376 The result includes selecting that window.
5377 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5378 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5379 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5380 that option.
5382 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5384 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5385 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5387 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5389 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5390 File used for storing customization information.
5391 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5392 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5393 it should be an absolute file name.
5395 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5396 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5397 something like the following in your init file:
5399 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5400 \(load custom-file)
5402 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5403 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5405 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5406 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5407 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5408 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5409 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5411 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5412 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5413 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5414 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5415 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5416 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5417 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5418 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5419 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5420 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5422 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5424 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5425 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5427 \(fn)" nil nil)
5429 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5430 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5432 \(fn)" t nil)
5434 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5435 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5436 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5438 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5440 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5441 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5442 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5443 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5444 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5446 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5448 ;;;***
5450 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-themes describe-theme custom-theme-visit-theme
5451 ;;;;;; customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (20355
5452 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
5453 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5455 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5456 Create or edit a custom theme.
5457 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5458 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5459 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5460 from the Custom save file.
5461 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5462 named *Custom Theme*.
5464 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5466 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5467 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5469 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5471 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5472 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5474 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5476 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5477 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5478 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5479 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5481 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5483 ;;;***
5485 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el"
5486 ;;;;;; (20476 31768 298871 0))
5487 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5489 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5490 Mode used for cvs status output.
5492 \(fn)" t nil)
5494 ;;;***
5496 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el"
5497 ;;;;;; (20577 33959 40183 0))
5498 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5500 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5501 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5503 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5505 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5506 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5507 C++ modes are included.
5509 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5510 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5511 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5513 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5515 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5517 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5518 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5519 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5520 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5521 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5522 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5524 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5526 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5527 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5528 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5529 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5530 ARG is omitted or nil.
5532 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5533 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5534 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5536 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5538 ;;;***
5540 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5541 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5542 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
5543 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5545 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5546 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5548 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5550 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5551 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5553 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5555 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5556 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5557 For readability, the table is slightly
5558 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5560 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5561 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5562 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5563 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5564 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5566 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5568 ;;;***
5570 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5571 ;;;;;; (20397 45851 446679 0))
5572 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5573 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5574 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5575 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5576 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5578 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5579 Completion on current word.
5580 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5581 and presents suggestions for completion.
5583 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5584 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5585 completions.
5587 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5588 then it searches *all* buffers.
5590 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5592 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5593 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5595 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5596 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5597 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5598 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5599 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5601 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5602 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5604 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5605 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5606 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5608 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5609 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5611 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5613 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5615 ;;;***
5617 ;;;### (autoloads (data-debug-new-buffer) "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el"
5618 ;;;;;; (20586 48936 135199 0))
5619 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5621 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5622 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5624 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5626 ;;;***
5628 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (20614
5629 ;;;;;; 54428 654267 0))
5630 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5632 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5633 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5634 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5635 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5636 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5638 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5640 ;;;***
5642 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (20355
5643 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
5644 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5646 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5647 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5649 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5650 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5651 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5653 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5654 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5655 Data lines are not indented.
5657 Key bindings:
5659 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5660 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5662 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5663 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5664 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5665 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5667 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5669 dcl-basic-offset
5670 Extra indentation within blocks.
5672 dcl-continuation-offset
5673 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5675 dcl-margin-offset
5676 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5678 dcl-margin-label-offset
5679 Indentation for a label.
5681 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5682 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5684 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5685 dcl-block-end-regexp
5686 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5687 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5688 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5689 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5690 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5692 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5693 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5694 Two such functions are included in the package:
5695 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5696 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5698 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5699 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5700 One such function is included in the package:
5701 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5703 dcl-tab-always-indent
5704 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5705 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5706 margin.
5708 dcl-electric-characters
5709 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5710 typed.
5712 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5713 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5714 which words trigger electric indentation.
5716 dcl-tempo-comma
5717 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5718 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5719 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5721 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5722 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5723 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5724 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5726 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5727 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5728 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5729 dcl-imenu-label-call
5730 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5732 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5733 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5734 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5735 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5738 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5740 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5741 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5742 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5743 $ i = 1
5744 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5745 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5746 $ label:
5747 $ if i.eq.1
5748 $ then
5749 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5750 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5751 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5752 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5753 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5754 \"lined up with the command line\"
5755 $ type sys$input
5756 Data lines are not indented at all.
5757 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5758 $ endif
5762 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5763 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5765 \(fn)" t nil)
5767 ;;;***
5769 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5770 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (20642 11326 759953 0))
5771 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5773 (setq debugger 'debug)
5775 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5776 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5777 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5778 of the evaluator.
5780 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5781 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5782 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5784 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5786 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5787 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5789 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5791 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5792 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5793 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5794 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5795 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5796 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5798 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5799 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5801 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5803 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5804 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5805 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5806 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5807 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5809 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5811 ;;;***
5813 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5814 ;;;;;; (20566 63671 243798 0))
5815 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5817 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5818 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5820 \(fn)" t nil)
5822 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5823 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5824 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5825 Upper-case letters are commands.
5827 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5828 modify it.
5830 The most useful commands are:
5831 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5832 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5833 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5834 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5835 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5836 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5838 \(fn)" t nil)
5840 ;;;***
5842 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5843 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (20355
5844 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
5845 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5847 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5848 Customization of `columns' group.
5850 \(fn)" t nil)
5852 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5853 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5855 START and END delimits the text region.
5857 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5859 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5860 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5862 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5864 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5866 ;;;***
5868 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (20355
5869 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
5870 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5872 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5873 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5874 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line (or region, if Transient Mark mode
5875 is enabled and the region is active) of Delphi code.
5876 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5877 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5878 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5880 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
5882 Customization:
5884 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5885 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5886 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5887 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5888 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5889 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5890 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5891 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5892 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5893 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5894 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5895 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5896 blank line.
5897 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5898 Directories to search when finding external units.
5899 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5900 If true then Delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5902 Coloring:
5904 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5905 Face used to color Delphi comments.
5906 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5907 Face used to color Delphi strings.
5908 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5909 Face used to color Delphi keywords.
5910 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5911 Face used to color everything else.
5913 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable `delphi-mode-hook'
5914 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5916 \(fn)" t nil)
5918 ;;;***
5920 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (20613
5921 ;;;;;; 49078 764749 0))
5922 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5924 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5926 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5927 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5928 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5929 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5930 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5931 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5933 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5935 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5936 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5937 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5938 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5939 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5941 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5942 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5943 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5944 any selection.
5946 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5948 ;;;***
5950 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5951 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (20660 60553 594737 612000))
5952 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5954 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5955 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5957 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5959 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5960 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5961 or nil if there is no parent.
5962 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5963 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5964 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5965 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5966 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5968 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5969 arguments are currently understood:
5970 :group GROUP
5971 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5972 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5973 :syntax-table TABLE
5974 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5975 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5976 :abbrev-table TABLE
5977 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5978 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5980 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5982 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5984 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5985 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5986 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5988 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5989 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5991 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5992 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5993 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5995 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5996 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5998 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5999 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6001 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6003 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
6005 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
6007 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6008 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6009 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6010 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6011 the first time the mode is used.
6013 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6015 ;;;***
6017 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6018 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (20660 41272 835092 0))
6019 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6021 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6022 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6023 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6024 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6025 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6026 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6027 otherwise.
6029 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6031 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6032 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
6033 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
6034 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
6036 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
6037 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
6038 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
6040 The character information includes the character code; charset and
6041 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
6042 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6043 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6044 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6045 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6046 relevant to POS.
6048 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6050 ;;;***
6052 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6053 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6054 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6055 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (20662 46799 344737 276000))
6056 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6058 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6059 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6060 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
6062 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6064 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6065 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6066 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is
6067 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6068 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6070 If Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6071 one session to another. See variable `desktop-save' and function
6072 `desktop-read' for details.
6074 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6076 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6077 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6078 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6079 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6081 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6083 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6084 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6085 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6087 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6088 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6089 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6091 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6092 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6094 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6095 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6096 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6098 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6099 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6100 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6101 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6103 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6105 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6106 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6108 Handlers are called with argument list
6110 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6112 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6114 desktop-file-version
6115 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6116 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6117 desktop-buffer-point
6118 desktop-buffer-mark
6119 desktop-buffer-read-only
6120 desktop-buffer-locals
6122 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6123 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6125 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6126 code like
6128 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6130 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6131 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6133 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6135 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6137 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6138 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6139 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6140 List elements must have the form
6142 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6144 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6145 function.
6147 Handlers are called with argument list
6149 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6151 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6153 desktop-file-version
6154 desktop-buffer-file-name
6155 desktop-buffer-name
6156 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6157 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6158 desktop-buffer-point
6159 desktop-buffer-mark
6160 desktop-buffer-read-only
6161 desktop-buffer-misc
6163 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6164 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6165 created and set.
6167 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6168 code like
6170 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6172 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6173 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6175 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6177 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6179 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6181 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6182 Empty the Desktop.
6183 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6184 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6185 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6187 \(fn)" t nil)
6189 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6190 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6191 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6192 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6193 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6195 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
6197 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6198 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6199 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6201 \(fn)" t nil)
6203 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6204 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6205 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6206 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6207 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6208 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6209 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6210 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6212 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6214 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6215 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6216 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6218 \(fn)" nil nil)
6220 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode "22.1")
6222 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6223 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6224 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6225 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6226 directory DIRNAME.
6228 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6230 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6231 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6233 \(fn)" t nil)
6235 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6236 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6238 \(fn)" t nil)
6240 ;;;***
6242 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6243 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6244 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
6245 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6247 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6248 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6249 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6250 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6251 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6252 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6254 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6256 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6257 Repair a broken attribution line.
6258 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6260 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6262 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6263 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6264 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6265 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6267 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6269 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6270 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6272 \(fn)" t nil)
6274 ;;;***
6276 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6277 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (20576 42138 697312 0))
6278 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6280 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6281 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6282 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6283 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6284 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6286 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6288 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6289 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6290 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6291 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6293 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6294 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6295 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6296 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6298 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6299 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6301 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6302 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6303 calendar-date-style 'european
6304 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6306 \(diary-mail-entries)
6308 # diary-rem.el ends here
6310 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6312 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6313 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6315 \(fn)" t nil)
6317 ;;;***
6319 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-buffer-with-file diff-latest-backup-file
6320 ;;;;;; diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff" "vc/diff.el"
6321 ;;;;;; (20570 60708 993668 0))
6322 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6324 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6325 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6327 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6329 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6330 The command to use to run diff.")
6332 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6334 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6335 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6336 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6337 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6338 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6339 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6341 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6342 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6343 specified in `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6345 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6347 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6348 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6349 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6350 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6351 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6352 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6354 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6356 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6357 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6359 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6361 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6362 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6363 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6365 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6367 ;;;***
6369 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el"
6370 ;;;;;; (20650 54512 564403 0))
6371 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6373 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6374 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6375 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6376 normal diffs.
6378 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6379 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6380 headers for you on-the-fly.
6382 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6383 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6384 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6386 \\{diff-mode-map}
6388 \(fn)" t nil)
6390 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6391 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6392 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6393 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6394 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6396 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6398 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6400 ;;;***
6402 ;;;### (autoloads (dig) "dig" "net/dig.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
6403 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6405 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6406 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6407 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6409 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6411 ;;;***
6413 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6414 ;;;;;; dired dired-listing-switches) "dired" "dired.el" (20656 44218
6415 ;;;;;; 805102 0))
6416 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6418 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6419 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6420 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6421 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6422 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6423 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6424 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6425 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6427 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6429 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6430 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6431 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6432 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6433 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6434 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6436 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6437 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6438 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6439 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6440 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6441 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6442 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6443 list of files to make directory entries for.
6444 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6445 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6446 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6448 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6450 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6451 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6453 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6454 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6456 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6457 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6459 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6460 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6462 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6464 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6465 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6467 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6469 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6470 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6471 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6472 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6473 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6474 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6475 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6476 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6477 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6478 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6479 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6480 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6481 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6482 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6483 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6484 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6485 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6486 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6487 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6488 to see why something went wrong.
6489 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6490 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6491 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXecute) the files flagged `D'.
6492 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6493 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6494 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6495 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6496 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6497 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6498 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6499 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6500 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6501 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6503 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6504 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6505 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6506 again for the directory tree.
6508 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6509 for more info):
6511 `dired-listing-switches'
6512 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6513 `dired-marker-char'
6514 `dired-del-marker'
6515 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6516 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6517 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6518 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6520 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6522 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6523 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6524 `dired-mode-hook'
6525 `dired-load-hook'
6527 Keybindings:
6528 \\{dired-mode-map}
6530 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6531 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6533 ;;;***
6535 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6536 ;;;;;; (20648 50109 802321 0))
6537 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6539 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6540 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6541 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6542 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6543 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6545 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6546 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6547 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6549 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6550 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6551 directory.
6553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6555 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6556 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6557 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6558 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6559 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6560 from `default-directory'.
6562 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6564 ;;;***
6566 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (20497
6567 ;;;;;; 6436 957082 0))
6568 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6570 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6571 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6572 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6573 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6574 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6575 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6577 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6579 ;;;***
6581 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6582 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6583 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6584 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6585 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6586 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
6587 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6589 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6590 Return a new, empty display table.
6592 \(fn)" nil nil)
6594 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6595 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6596 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6597 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6598 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6600 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6602 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6603 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6604 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6605 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6606 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6608 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6610 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6611 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6613 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6615 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6616 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6618 \(fn)" t nil)
6620 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6621 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6623 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6624 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6626 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6627 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6628 byte.
6630 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6631 in the default way after this call.
6633 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6635 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6636 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6638 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6640 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6641 Display character C using printable string S.
6643 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6645 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6646 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6647 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6648 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6650 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6652 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6653 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6654 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6655 X frame.
6657 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6659 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6660 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6662 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6664 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6665 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6667 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6669 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6670 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6672 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6674 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6675 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6677 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6679 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6680 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6682 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6684 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6685 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6687 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6688 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6690 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6691 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6693 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6694 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6695 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6696 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6698 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6699 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6700 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6701 in `.emacs'.
6703 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6705 ;;;***
6707 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6708 ;;;;;; (20545 57511 257469 0))
6709 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6711 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6712 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6713 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6714 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6715 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6716 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6717 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6718 Default is 2.
6720 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6722 ;;;***
6724 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (20355 10021
6725 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
6726 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6728 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6729 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6730 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6731 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6732 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6733 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6734 private or ask).
6735 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6736 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6737 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6738 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6739 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6741 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6743 ;;;***
6745 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6746 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
6747 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6749 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6750 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6751 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6752 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6753 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6754 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6755 table and its own syntax table.
6757 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6759 \(fn)" t nil)
6760 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6762 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6763 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6765 \(fn)" t nil)
6767 ;;;***
6769 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode-maybe
6770 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (20581
6771 ;;;;;; 31014 234484 0))
6772 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6774 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6775 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6776 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6777 OpenDocument format).
6779 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6781 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6782 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6784 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6785 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6787 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6788 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6789 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6791 \(fn)" t nil)
6793 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6794 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6795 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6796 to the next best mode.
6798 \(fn)" nil nil)
6800 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6801 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6802 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6803 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6804 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6806 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6810 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6813 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6815 ;;;***
6817 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (20545 57511
6818 ;;;;;; 257469 0))
6819 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6821 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6822 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6824 \(fn)" t nil)
6826 ;;;***
6828 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (20355 10021
6829 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
6830 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6832 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6833 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6834 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6835 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6836 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6838 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6839 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6841 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6843 ;;;***
6845 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (20545 57511
6846 ;;;;;; 257469 0))
6847 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6849 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6850 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6852 \(fn)" t nil)
6854 ;;;***
6856 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6857 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6858 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (20574 57775 217760 0))
6859 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6861 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6863 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6864 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6865 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6866 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6867 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6869 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6870 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6871 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6872 and disables it otherwise.
6874 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6875 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6876 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6877 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6879 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6880 documenting what its argument does.
6882 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6883 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6884 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6885 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6886 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6887 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6888 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6889 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6891 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6892 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6893 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6894 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6895 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6896 mode is global):
6898 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6899 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6900 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6901 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6902 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6903 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6904 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6905 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6906 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6907 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6908 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6909 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6910 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6911 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6912 named variable, or more generally anything that can be used
6913 with the CL macro `setf'. PLACE can also be of the form
6914 (GET . SET), where GET is an expression that returns the
6915 current state, and SET is a function that takes one argument,
6916 the new state, and sets it. If you specify a :variable,
6917 this function does not define a MODE variable (nor any of
6918 the terms used in :variable).
6919 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6920 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6922 For example, you could write
6923 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6924 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6925 ...BODY CODE...)
6927 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6929 (put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6931 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6933 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6935 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6936 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6937 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6938 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6939 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6940 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6941 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6942 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6943 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6944 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6945 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6946 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6948 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6949 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6950 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6951 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6952 call another major mode in their body.
6954 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6956 (put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6958 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6959 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6960 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6961 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6962 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6963 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6964 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6966 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6968 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6969 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6970 :inherit Parent keymap.
6971 :group Ignored.
6972 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6973 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6975 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6977 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6978 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6979 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6980 the constant's documentation.
6982 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6984 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6985 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6986 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6988 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6990 ;;;***
6992 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6993 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (20615
6994 ;;;;;; 49194 141673 0))
6995 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6997 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6998 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
6999 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
7000 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
7002 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
7003 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
7004 as a top-level menu bar item.
7006 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
7007 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
7008 pairs:
7010 :filter FUNCTION
7011 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
7012 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
7013 items to actually display.
7015 :visible INCLUDE
7016 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
7017 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
7018 alias for `:visible'.
7020 :active ENABLE
7021 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
7022 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
7023 an alias for `:active'.
7025 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
7026 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
7028 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7030 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7032 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
7033 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7035 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
7036 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
7038 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7040 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
7042 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
7043 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
7045 :keys KEYS
7046 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
7047 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
7048 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
7049 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7051 :key-sequence KEYS
7052 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
7053 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
7054 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
7055 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
7057 :active ENABLE
7058 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7059 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
7060 alias for `:active'.
7062 :visible INCLUDE
7063 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7064 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
7065 `:visible'.
7067 :label FORM
7068 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7069 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7071 :suffix FORM
7072 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7073 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7075 :style STYLE
7076 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7077 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7078 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7080 :selected SELECTED
7081 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7082 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7084 :help HELP
7085 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7087 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7088 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7089 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7091 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7092 MENU. This is a submenu.
7094 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7096 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7098 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7101 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7103 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7104 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7105 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7106 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7108 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7110 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7111 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7112 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7113 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7114 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7115 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7117 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7118 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7119 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7121 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7122 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7123 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7125 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7126 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7128 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7130 ;;;***
7132 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7133 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7134 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
7135 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
7136 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
7137 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7138 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7139 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
7140 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7142 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7143 Customization for ebnf group.
7145 \(fn)" t nil)
7147 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7148 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7150 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7152 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7153 processed.
7155 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7157 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7159 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7160 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7162 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7163 killed after process termination.
7165 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7167 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7169 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7170 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7172 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7173 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7174 it to the printer.
7176 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7177 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7178 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7179 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7181 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7183 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7184 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7185 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7187 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7189 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7190 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7192 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7194 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7195 processed.
7197 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7199 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7201 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7202 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7204 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7205 killed after process termination.
7207 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7209 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7211 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7212 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7213 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7214 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7216 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7218 \(fn)" t nil)
7220 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7221 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7222 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7224 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7226 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7228 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7229 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7231 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7233 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7234 processed.
7236 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7238 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7240 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7241 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7243 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7244 killed after EPS generation.
7246 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7248 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7250 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7251 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7253 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7254 The EPS file name has the following form:
7256 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7258 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7259 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7261 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7262 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7263 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7264 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7265 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7267 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7268 files.
7270 \(fn)" t nil)
7272 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7273 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7275 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7276 The EPS file name has the following form:
7278 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7280 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7281 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7283 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7284 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7285 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7286 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7287 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7289 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7290 files.
7292 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7294 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7296 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7297 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7299 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7301 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7302 are processed.
7304 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7306 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7308 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7309 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7311 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7312 killed after syntax checking.
7314 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7316 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7318 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7319 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7321 \(fn)" t nil)
7323 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7324 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7326 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7328 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7329 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7331 \(fn)" nil nil)
7333 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7334 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7336 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7338 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7340 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7341 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7343 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7345 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7347 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7348 Delete style NAME.
7350 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7352 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7354 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7355 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7357 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7359 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7361 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7362 Set STYLE as the current style.
7364 Returns the old style symbol.
7366 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7368 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7370 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7371 Reset current style.
7373 Returns the old style symbol.
7375 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7377 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7379 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7380 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7382 Returns the old style symbol.
7384 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7386 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7388 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7390 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7391 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7393 Returns the old style symbol.
7395 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7397 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7399 \(fn)" t nil)
7401 ;;;***
7403 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7404 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7405 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7406 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7407 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7408 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7409 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7410 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7411 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7412 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7413 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (20561
7414 ;;;;;; 18280 338092 0))
7415 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7417 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7418 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7419 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7420 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7421 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7422 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7424 Tree mode key bindings:
7425 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7427 \(fn)" t nil)
7429 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7430 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7432 \(fn)" t nil)
7434 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7435 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7437 \(fn)" t nil)
7439 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7440 View declaration of member at point.
7442 \(fn)" t nil)
7444 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7445 Find declaration of member at point.
7447 \(fn)" t nil)
7449 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7450 View definition of member at point.
7452 \(fn)" t nil)
7454 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7455 Find definition of member at point.
7457 \(fn)" t nil)
7459 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7460 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7462 \(fn)" t nil)
7464 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7465 View definition of member at point in other window.
7467 \(fn)" t nil)
7469 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7470 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7472 \(fn)" t nil)
7474 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7475 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7477 \(fn)" t nil)
7479 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7480 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7482 \(fn)" t nil)
7484 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7485 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7487 \(fn)" t nil)
7489 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7490 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7491 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7492 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7493 completion.
7495 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7497 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7498 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7499 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7500 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7502 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7504 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7505 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7506 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7507 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7509 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7511 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7512 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7513 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7515 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7517 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7518 Search for call sites of a member.
7519 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7520 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7521 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7522 looks like a function call to the member.
7524 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7526 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7527 Move backward in the position stack.
7528 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7530 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7532 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7533 Move forward in the position stack.
7534 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7536 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7538 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7539 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7541 \(fn)" t nil)
7543 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7544 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7546 \(fn)" t nil)
7548 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7549 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7550 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7551 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7553 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7555 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7556 Display statistics for a class tree.
7558 \(fn)" t nil)
7560 ;;;***
7562 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7563 ;;;;;; (20523 62082 997685 0))
7564 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7566 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7567 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7568 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7569 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7570 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7571 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7572 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7574 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7576 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7577 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7578 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7579 also has this effect.
7580 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7581 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7582 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7583 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7584 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7585 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7586 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7587 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7588 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7589 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7591 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7593 ;;;***
7595 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7596 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
7597 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7599 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7600 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7601 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7603 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7605 ;;;***
7607 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7608 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
7609 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7611 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7614 \(fn)" nil nil)
7616 ;;;***
7618 ;;;### (autoloads (global-ede-mode) "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (20590 45996
7619 ;;;;;; 129575 0))
7620 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7622 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7623 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7624 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7625 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7626 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7627 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7629 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7631 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7632 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7633 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7634 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7635 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7637 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7638 an EDE controlled project.
7640 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7642 ;;;***
7644 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7645 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7646 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (20651 26294 774003 0))
7647 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7649 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7650 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7651 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7652 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7653 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7655 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7656 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7657 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7658 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7660 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7662 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7663 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7664 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7665 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7667 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7669 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7670 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7671 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7672 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7674 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7676 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7678 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7679 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7680 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7681 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7682 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7684 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7685 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7686 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7687 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7688 instrumented for Edebug.
7690 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7691 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7692 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7693 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7694 already is one.)
7696 \(fn)" t nil)
7698 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7699 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7701 \(fn)" t nil)
7703 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7704 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7706 \(fn)" t nil)
7708 ;;;***
7710 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7711 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7712 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7713 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7714 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7715 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7716 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7717 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7718 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-current-file
7719 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (20495 51111
7720 ;;;;;; 757560 0))
7721 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7723 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7724 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7726 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7728 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7729 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7731 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7733 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7735 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7737 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7738 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7739 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7740 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7742 \(fn)" t nil)
7744 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7745 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7746 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7747 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7749 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7751 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7752 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7754 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7756 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7758 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7759 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7761 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7763 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7765 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7766 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7767 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7768 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7770 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7772 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7774 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7775 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7776 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7777 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7779 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7781 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7783 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7784 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7785 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7786 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7788 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7790 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7792 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7793 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7794 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7795 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7797 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7799 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7801 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7802 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7803 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7804 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7805 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7806 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7808 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7810 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7811 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7812 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7813 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7815 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7817 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7819 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7820 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7821 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7822 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7824 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7826 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7828 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7830 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7831 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7832 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7833 follows:
7834 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7835 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7837 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7839 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7840 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7841 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7842 follows:
7843 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7844 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7846 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7848 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7849 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7850 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7851 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7852 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7854 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7856 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7857 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7858 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7859 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7860 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7861 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7863 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7865 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7867 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7868 Merge two files without ancestor.
7870 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7872 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7873 Merge two files with ancestor.
7875 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7877 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7879 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7880 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7882 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7884 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7885 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7887 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7889 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7890 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7891 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7892 buffer.
7894 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7896 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7897 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7898 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7899 buffer.
7901 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7903 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7904 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7905 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7906 and don't ask the user.
7907 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7908 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7910 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7912 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7913 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7914 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7915 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7916 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7917 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7918 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7919 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7921 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7923 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7925 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7927 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7928 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7929 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7930 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7931 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7933 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7935 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7937 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7938 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7939 When called interactively, displays the version.
7941 \(fn)" t nil)
7943 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7944 Display Ediff's manual.
7945 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7947 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7949 ;;;***
7951 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el"
7952 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
7953 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7955 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7958 \(fn)" t nil)
7960 ;;;***
7962 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el"
7963 ;;;;;; (20614 54428 654267 0))
7964 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7966 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7967 Display Ediff's registry.
7969 \(fn)" t nil)
7971 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7973 ;;;***
7975 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7976 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (20584 7212 455152 0))
7977 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7979 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7980 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7981 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7982 which see.
7984 \(fn)" t nil)
7986 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7987 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7988 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7989 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7991 \(fn)" t nil)
7993 ;;;***
7995 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7996 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7997 ;;;;;; (20476 31768 298871 0))
7998 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8000 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8001 Edit a keyboard macro.
8002 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8003 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8004 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8005 its command name.
8006 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8008 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8010 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8011 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8013 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8015 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8016 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8018 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8020 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8021 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8022 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8023 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8024 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8025 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8027 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8028 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8029 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8030 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8032 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8034 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8035 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8036 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8037 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8038 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8039 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8041 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8043 ;;;***
8045 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8046 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
8047 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8049 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8050 Set scroll margins.
8051 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8052 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8054 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8056 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8057 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8059 \(fn)" t nil)
8061 ;;;***
8063 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8064 ;;;;;; (20593 22184 581574 0))
8065 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8067 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8068 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8069 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8070 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8071 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8072 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8073 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8075 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8076 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8078 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8079 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8080 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8081 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8083 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8084 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8085 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8087 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8088 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8089 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8091 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8093 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8096 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8098 ;;;***
8100 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-object) "eieio-custom" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
8101 ;;;;;; (20586 48936 135199 0))
8102 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el
8104 (autoload 'customize-object "eieio-custom" "\
8105 Customize OBJ in a custom buffer.
8106 Optional argument GROUP is the sub-group of slots to display.
8108 \(fn OBJ &optional GROUP)" nil nil)
8110 ;;;***
8112 ;;;### (autoloads (eieio-describe-generic eieio-describe-constructor
8113 ;;;;;; eieio-describe-class eieio-browse) "eieio-opt" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
8114 ;;;;;; (20617 41641 89638 0))
8115 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el
8117 (autoload 'eieio-browse "eieio-opt" "\
8118 Create an object browser window to show all objects.
8119 If optional ROOT-CLASS, then start with that, otherwise start with
8120 variable `eieio-default-superclass'.
8122 \(fn &optional ROOT-CLASS)" t nil)
8123 (defalias 'describe-class 'eieio-describe-class)
8125 (autoload 'eieio-describe-class "eieio-opt" "\
8126 Describe a CLASS defined by a string or symbol.
8127 If CLASS is actually an object, then also display current values of that object.
8128 Optional HEADERFCN should be called to insert a few bits of info first.
8130 \(fn CLASS &optional HEADERFCN)" t nil)
8132 (autoload 'eieio-describe-constructor "eieio-opt" "\
8133 Describe the constructor function FCN.
8134 Uses `eieio-describe-class' to describe the class being constructed.
8136 \(fn FCN)" t nil)
8137 (defalias 'describe-generic 'eieio-describe-generic)
8139 (autoload 'eieio-describe-generic "eieio-opt" "\
8140 Describe the generic function GENERIC.
8141 Also extracts information about all methods specific to this generic.
8143 \(fn GENERIC)" t nil)
8145 ;;;***
8147 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8148 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
8149 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8151 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8152 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8154 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8156 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8157 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8158 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8159 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8160 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8162 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the echo
8163 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8164 text where point is. If point is on a documented variable, it
8165 displays the first line of that variable's doc string. Otherwise
8166 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8167 expression point is on.
8169 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8171 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8172 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8174 \(fn)" t nil)
8176 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8177 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8178 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8179 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8180 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8181 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8182 arg list.
8184 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8185 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8186 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8187 effect.
8189 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8190 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8192 ;;;***
8194 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-layout-mode electric-pair-mode electric-indent-mode)
8195 ;;;;;; "electric" "electric.el" (20613 49078 764749 0))
8196 ;;; Generated autoloads from electric.el
8198 (defvar electric-indent-chars '(10) "\
8199 Characters that should cause automatic reindentation.")
8201 (defvar electric-indent-mode nil "\
8202 Non-nil if Electric-Indent mode is enabled.
8203 See the command `electric-indent-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8204 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8205 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8206 or call the function `electric-indent-mode'.")
8208 (custom-autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" nil)
8210 (autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" "\
8211 Toggle on-the-fly reindentation (Electric Indent mode).
8212 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Indent mode if ARG is
8213 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8214 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8216 This is a global minor mode. When enabled, it reindents whenever
8217 the hook `electric-indent-functions' returns non-nil, or you
8218 insert a character from `electric-indent-chars'.
8220 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8222 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8223 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8224 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8225 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8226 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8227 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8229 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" nil)
8231 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" "\
8232 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8233 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8234 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8235 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8237 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8238 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8239 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.)
8241 See options `electric-pair-pairs' and `electric-pair-skip-self'.
8243 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8245 (defvar electric-layout-mode nil "\
8246 Non-nil if Electric-Layout mode is enabled.
8247 See the command `electric-layout-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8248 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8249 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8250 or call the function `electric-layout-mode'.")
8252 (custom-autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" nil)
8254 (autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" "\
8255 Automatically insert newlines around some chars.
8256 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Layout mode if ARG is
8257 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8258 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8259 The variable `electric-layout-rules' says when and how to insert newlines.
8261 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8263 ;;;***
8265 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (20355
8266 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
8267 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8269 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8270 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8272 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8273 an elided material again.
8275 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8277 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8279 ;;;***
8281 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize elint-defun elint-current-buffer
8282 ;;;;;; elint-directory elint-file) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8283 ;;;;;; (20486 36135 22104 0))
8284 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8286 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8287 Lint the file FILE.
8289 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8291 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8292 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8293 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8295 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8297 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8298 Lint the current buffer.
8299 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8301 \(fn)" t nil)
8303 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8304 Lint the function at point.
8305 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8307 \(fn)" t nil)
8309 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8310 Initialize elint.
8311 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8312 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8314 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8316 ;;;***
8318 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8319 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (20642
8320 ;;;;;; 11326 759953 0))
8321 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8323 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8324 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8325 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8327 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8329 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8330 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8331 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8332 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8334 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8336 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8337 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8338 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8340 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8342 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8344 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8345 Display current profiling results.
8346 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8347 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8348 displayed.
8350 \(fn)" t nil)
8352 ;;;***
8354 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-lock-mode) "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el"
8355 ;;;;;; (20577 33959 40183 0))
8356 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8358 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8359 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8360 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8361 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8362 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8363 ARG is omitted or nil.
8365 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8366 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8367 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8368 used instead.
8370 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8372 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8373 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8374 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8376 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8378 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8380 ;;;***
8382 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8383 ;;;;;; (20639 35129 235843 0))
8384 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8386 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8387 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8388 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8390 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8392 ;;;***
8394 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8395 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8396 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8397 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8398 ;;;;;; "vc/emerge.el" (20576 42138 697312 0))
8399 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8401 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8402 Run Emerge on two files.
8404 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8406 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8407 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8409 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8411 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8412 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8414 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8416 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8417 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8419 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8421 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8424 \(fn)" nil nil)
8426 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8429 \(fn)" nil nil)
8431 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8434 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8436 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8439 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8441 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8442 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8444 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8446 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8447 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8449 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8451 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8454 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8456 ;;;***
8458 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8459 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (20461 32935 300400 0))
8460 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8462 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8463 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8464 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8465 text/enriched format.
8467 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8468 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8469 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8471 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8473 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8474 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8476 Commands:
8478 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8480 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8482 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8485 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8487 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8490 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8492 ;;;***
8494 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
8495 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
8496 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
8497 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
8498 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
8499 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (20577
8500 ;;;;;; 33959 40183 0))
8501 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8503 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8504 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8506 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8508 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8509 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8511 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8513 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8514 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8515 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8516 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8517 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8518 the keys are listed.
8519 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8521 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8523 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8524 Decrypt FILE.
8526 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8528 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8529 Verify FILE.
8531 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8533 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8534 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8536 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8538 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8539 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8541 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8543 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8544 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8546 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8547 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8548 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8549 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8551 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8552 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8553 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8554 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8555 should consider using the string based counterpart
8556 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8557 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8559 For example:
8561 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8562 (decode-coding-string
8563 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8564 'utf-8))
8566 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8568 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8569 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8571 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8572 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8574 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8576 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8577 Verify the current region between START and END.
8579 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8580 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8581 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8582 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8583 should consider using the string based counterpart
8584 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8585 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8587 For example:
8589 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8590 (decode-coding-string
8591 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8592 'utf-8))
8594 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8596 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8597 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8598 between START and END.
8600 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8601 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8603 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8605 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8606 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8608 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8609 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8610 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8611 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8612 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8613 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8615 For example:
8617 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8618 (epg-sign-string
8619 context
8620 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8622 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8624 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8625 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8627 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8628 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8629 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8630 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8631 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8632 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8634 For example:
8636 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8637 (epg-encrypt-string
8638 context
8639 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8640 nil))
8642 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8644 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8645 Delete selected KEYS.
8647 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8649 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8650 Import keys from FILE.
8652 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8654 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8655 Import keys from the region.
8657 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8659 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8660 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8661 between START and END.
8663 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8665 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8666 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8668 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8670 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8671 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8673 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8675 ;;;***
8677 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8678 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (20355 10021
8679 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
8680 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8682 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8683 Decrypt marked files.
8685 \(fn)" t nil)
8687 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8688 Verify marked files.
8690 \(fn)" t nil)
8692 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8693 Sign marked files.
8695 \(fn)" t nil)
8697 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8698 Encrypt marked files.
8700 \(fn)" t nil)
8702 ;;;***
8704 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8705 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
8706 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8708 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8711 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8713 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8716 \(fn)" t nil)
8718 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8721 \(fn)" t nil)
8723 ;;;***
8725 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8726 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8727 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
8728 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8730 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8731 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8732 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8733 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8734 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8736 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8738 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8739 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8740 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8742 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8744 \(fn)" t nil)
8746 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8747 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8748 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8750 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8752 \(fn)" t nil)
8754 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8755 Sign the current buffer.
8756 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8758 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8760 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8762 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8763 Encrypt the current buffer.
8764 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8766 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8768 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8770 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8771 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8772 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8774 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8776 \(fn)" t nil)
8778 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8779 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8780 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8781 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8782 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8783 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8785 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8787 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8788 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8789 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8790 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8791 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8793 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8795 ;;;***
8797 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-make-context) "epg" "epg.el" (20577 33959
8798 ;;;;;; 40183 0))
8799 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8801 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8802 Return a context object.
8804 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8806 ;;;***
8808 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8809 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (20373 11301 906925 0))
8810 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8812 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8813 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8815 \(fn)" nil nil)
8817 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8818 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8820 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8822 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8823 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8825 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8827 ;;;***
8829 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc-tls erc erc-select-read-args)
8830 ;;;;;; "erc" "erc/erc.el" (20665 23726 628150 0))
8831 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8833 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8834 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8836 \(fn)" nil nil)
8838 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8839 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8840 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8842 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8844 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8845 (server (erc-compute-server))
8846 (port (erc-compute-port))
8847 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8848 password
8849 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8851 That is, if called with
8853 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8855 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8856 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8857 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8859 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8861 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8863 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8864 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8865 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8867 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8869 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8870 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8871 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8872 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8874 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8876 ;;;***
8878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (20591
8879 ;;;;;; 33616 626144 310000))
8880 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8881 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8883 ;;;***
8885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (20593 22184
8886 ;;;;;; 581574 0))
8887 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8888 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8890 ;;;***
8892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (20650 54512
8893 ;;;;;; 564403 0))
8894 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8895 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8897 ;;;***
8899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (20591 33616
8900 ;;;;;; 736174 412000))
8901 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8902 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8904 ;;;***
8906 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
8907 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (20650 54512 564403 0))
8908 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8909 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8911 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8912 Parser for /dcc command.
8913 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8914 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8915 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8917 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8919 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8920 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8922 \(fn)" nil nil)
8924 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8925 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8927 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8928 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8929 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8930 that subcommand.
8932 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8934 ;;;***
8936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8937 ;;;;;; (20593 22184 581574 0))
8938 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8939 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8941 ;;;***
8943 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
8944 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
8945 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
8946 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
8947 ;;;;;; (20650 54512 564403 0))
8948 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8950 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8951 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8953 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8955 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8956 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8957 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8958 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8960 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8962 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8965 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8967 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8968 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8970 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8972 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8973 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8975 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8977 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8978 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8980 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8982 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8983 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8985 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8987 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8988 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8990 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8992 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8993 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8995 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8997 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8998 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9000 \(fn)" nil nil)
9002 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
9003 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9005 \(fn)" nil nil)
9007 ;;;***
9009 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (20591
9010 ;;;;;; 33616 776163 920000))
9011 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9012 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9014 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
9015 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9016 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9018 \(fn)" nil nil)
9020 ;;;***
9022 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9023 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (20591 33616 794740 81000))
9024 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9025 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9027 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
9028 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9029 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9030 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9031 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9032 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9033 system.
9035 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9037 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
9040 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9042 ;;;***
9044 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9045 ;;;;;; (20591 33616 794740 81000))
9046 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9048 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9051 \(fn)" nil nil)
9053 ;;;***
9055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (20650 54512 564403
9056 ;;;;;; 0))
9057 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9058 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9060 ;;;***
9062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (20591 33616 824757
9063 ;;;;;; 867000))
9064 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9065 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9067 ;;;***
9069 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9070 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (20650 54512 564403 0))
9071 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9072 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9074 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9075 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9076 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9077 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9078 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
9079 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9081 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9083 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9084 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9085 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9086 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9088 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9089 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9090 automatically.
9092 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9093 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9095 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9097 ;;;***
9099 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9100 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9101 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9102 ;;;;;; (20650 54512 564403 0))
9103 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9104 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9106 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9107 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9109 \(fn)" t nil)
9111 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9112 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9114 \(fn)" t nil)
9116 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9117 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9119 \(fn)" t nil)
9121 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9122 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9124 \(fn)" t nil)
9126 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9127 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9129 \(fn)" t nil)
9131 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9132 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9134 \(fn)" t nil)
9136 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9137 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9139 \(fn)" t nil)
9141 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9142 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9144 \(fn)" t nil)
9146 ;;;***
9148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (20591 33616 844710
9149 ;;;;;; 904000))
9150 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9151 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9153 ;;;***
9155 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9156 ;;;;;; (20650 54512 564403 0))
9157 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9158 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9160 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9161 Show who's gone.
9163 \(fn)" nil nil)
9165 ;;;***
9167 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9168 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (20650 54512 564403 0))
9169 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9171 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9172 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9173 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9174 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9176 \(fn)" nil nil)
9178 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9179 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9181 \(fn)" t nil)
9183 ;;;***
9185 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9186 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (20650 54512 564403 0))
9187 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9188 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9190 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9191 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9192 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9193 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9195 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9197 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9200 \(fn)" nil nil)
9202 ;;;***
9204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (20591 33616 864734
9205 ;;;;;; 46000))
9206 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9207 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9209 ;;;***
9211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (20650
9212 ;;;;;; 54512 564403 0))
9213 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9214 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9216 ;;;***
9218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (20591 33616
9219 ;;;;;; 874723 983000))
9220 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9221 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9223 ;;;***
9225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (20591 33616 884730
9226 ;;;;;; 605000))
9227 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9228 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9230 ;;;***
9232 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9233 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (20650 54512 564403
9234 ;;;;;; 0))
9235 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9236 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9238 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9239 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9241 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9243 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9244 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9245 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9247 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9249 ;;;***
9251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (20591 33616
9252 ;;;;;; 894723 303000))
9253 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9254 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9256 ;;;***
9258 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9259 ;;;;;; (20650 54512 564403 0))
9260 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9262 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9263 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9264 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9266 \(fn)" t nil)
9268 ;;;***
9270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (20591
9271 ;;;;;; 33616 904733 437000))
9272 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9273 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9275 ;;;***
9277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (20593 22184
9278 ;;;;;; 581574 0))
9279 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9280 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9282 ;;;***
9284 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9285 ;;;;;; (20650 54512 564403 0))
9286 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9288 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9289 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9290 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9292 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9294 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9295 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9296 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9297 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9298 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9300 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9301 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9302 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9303 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9305 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9306 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9308 ;;;***
9310 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9311 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (20591 33616 934716
9312 ;;;;;; 526000))
9313 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9314 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9316 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9317 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9318 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9319 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9321 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9323 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9324 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9325 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9327 \(fn)" t nil)
9329 ;;;***
9331 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9332 ;;;;;; (20591 33616 934716 526000))
9333 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9334 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9336 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9337 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9339 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9341 ;;;***
9343 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-describe-test ert-run-tests-interactively
9344 ;;;;;; ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit ert-run-tests-batch ert-deftest)
9345 ;;;;;; "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (20655 23358 697173 0))
9346 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9348 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9349 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9351 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9352 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9354 `should', `should-not' and `should-error' are useful for
9355 assertions in BODY.
9357 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9359 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9360 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9361 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9363 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9365 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9367 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9369 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9370 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9372 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9373 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9374 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9375 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9377 Returns the stats object.
9379 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9381 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9382 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9384 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9385 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9386 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9387 the tests).
9389 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9391 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9392 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9394 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9395 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9396 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9397 and how to display message.
9399 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9401 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9403 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9404 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9406 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9408 ;;;***
9410 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-kill-all-test-buffers) "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el"
9411 ;;;;;; (20655 23358 697173 0))
9412 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9414 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9416 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9417 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9419 \(fn)" t nil)
9421 ;;;***
9423 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (20593
9424 ;;;;;; 22184 581574 0))
9425 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9427 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9428 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9430 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9432 \(fn)" nil nil)
9434 ;;;***
9436 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
9437 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (20577 33959 40183 0))
9438 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9440 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9441 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9442 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9443 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9444 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9445 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9446 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9447 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9448 buffer selected (or created).
9450 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9452 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9453 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9454 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9456 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9458 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9459 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9460 The result might be any Lisp object.
9461 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9462 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9463 corresponding to a successful execution.
9465 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9467 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9469 ;;;***
9471 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9472 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9473 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9474 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9475 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9476 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9477 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9478 ;;;;;; (20664 38325 385623 0))
9479 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9481 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9482 File name of tags table.
9483 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9484 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9485 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9486 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9487 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9489 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9490 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9491 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9492 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9494 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9496 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9497 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9498 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9499 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9500 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9501 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9503 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9505 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9506 List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9507 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9508 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9509 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9510 `auto-compression-mode').")
9512 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9514 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9515 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9516 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9517 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9518 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9520 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9522 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9523 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9524 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9525 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9527 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9529 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9530 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9531 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9532 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9533 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9535 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9537 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9538 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9540 \(fn)" t nil)
9542 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9543 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9544 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9545 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9547 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9548 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9549 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9550 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9551 file the tag was in.
9553 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9555 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9556 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9557 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9558 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9559 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9560 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9561 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9562 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9563 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9565 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9567 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9568 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9569 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9570 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9571 without directory names.
9573 \(fn)" nil nil)
9574 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9575 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9576 (progn
9577 (load "etags")
9578 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9580 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9581 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9582 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9583 but does not select the buffer.
9584 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9586 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9587 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9588 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9589 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9590 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9592 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9594 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9595 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9596 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9598 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9600 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9602 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9603 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9604 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9605 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9607 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9608 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9609 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9610 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9611 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9613 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9615 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9616 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9617 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9619 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9621 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9622 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9624 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9625 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9626 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9627 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9628 around or before point.
9630 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9631 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9632 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9633 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9634 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9636 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9638 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9639 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9640 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9642 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9644 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9645 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9647 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9648 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9649 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9650 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9651 around or before point.
9653 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9654 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9655 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9656 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9657 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9659 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9661 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9662 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9663 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9665 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9667 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9668 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9670 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9671 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9672 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9674 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9675 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9676 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9677 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9678 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9680 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9682 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9683 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9684 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9686 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9688 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9689 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9690 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9692 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9693 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9695 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9696 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9697 where they were found.
9699 \(fn)" t nil)
9701 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9702 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9704 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9705 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9706 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9708 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9709 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9711 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9712 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9714 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9716 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9717 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9718 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9719 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9721 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9722 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9723 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9724 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9725 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9727 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9728 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9730 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9731 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9732 Stops when a match is found.
9733 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9735 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9736 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9737 restricted to these files.
9739 Aleso see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9741 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9743 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9744 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9745 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9746 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9747 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9748 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9749 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9750 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9752 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9753 produce the list of files to search.
9755 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9757 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9759 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9760 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9761 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9762 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9763 directory specification.
9765 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9767 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9768 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9770 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9772 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9773 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9774 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9775 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9777 \(fn)" t nil)
9779 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9780 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9781 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9782 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9783 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9785 \(fn)" t nil)
9787 ;;;***
9789 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9790 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9791 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9792 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9793 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9794 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9795 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9796 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
9797 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9799 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9802 \(fn)" nil nil)
9804 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9805 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9807 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9808 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9810 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9811 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9812 primary language.
9814 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9815 even if the buffer is read-only.
9817 See also the descriptions of the variables
9818 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9820 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9822 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9823 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9825 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9826 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9828 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9829 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9830 primary language.
9832 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9833 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9835 See also the descriptions of the variables
9836 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9838 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9840 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9841 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9842 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9843 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9845 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9847 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9848 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9849 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9850 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9852 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9853 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9854 primary language.
9856 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9857 buffer is read-only.
9859 See also the descriptions of the variables
9860 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9861 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9863 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9865 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9866 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9868 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9869 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9871 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9872 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9873 the primary language.
9875 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9876 buffer is read-only.
9878 See also the descriptions of the variables
9879 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9880 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9882 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9884 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9885 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9886 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9888 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9890 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9891 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9893 \(fn)" t nil)
9895 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9896 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9898 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9899 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9900 be 1, 2, or 3.
9902 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9903 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9904 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9906 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9908 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9910 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9911 This function is deprecated.
9913 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9915 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9916 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9918 \(fn)" t nil)
9920 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9921 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9923 \(fn)" t nil)
9925 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9926 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9928 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9929 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9931 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9932 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9934 \(fn)" nil nil)
9936 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9937 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9939 \(fn)" nil nil)
9941 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9942 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9944 \(fn)" nil nil)
9946 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9947 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9949 \(fn)" nil nil)
9951 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9952 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9953 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9955 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9957 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9960 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9962 ;;;***
9964 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9965 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9966 ;;;;;; (20478 3673 653810 0))
9967 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9969 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9970 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9971 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9972 server for future sessions.
9974 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9976 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9977 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9978 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9980 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9982 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9983 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9984 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9986 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9988 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9989 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9990 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9991 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9992 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9993 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9994 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9995 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9996 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9997 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9998 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9999 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10001 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10003 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
10004 Display a form to query the directory server.
10005 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10006 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10008 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10010 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
10011 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10012 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10014 \(fn)" t nil)
10016 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10018 ;;;***
10020 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10021 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10022 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
10023 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10025 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
10026 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10028 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10030 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
10031 Display URL and make it clickable.
10033 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10035 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
10036 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10038 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10040 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
10041 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10043 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10045 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
10046 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10048 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10050 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
10051 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10053 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10055 ;;;***
10057 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10058 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
10059 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10061 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
10062 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10063 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10065 \(fn)" t nil)
10067 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
10068 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10070 \(fn)" t nil)
10072 ;;;***
10074 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10075 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
10076 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10078 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10079 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10081 \(fn)" t nil)
10083 ;;;***
10085 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (20453
10086 ;;;;;; 5437 764254 0))
10087 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10089 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10090 Create an empty ewoc.
10092 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10094 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10095 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10096 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10097 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10098 `insert-before-markers'.
10100 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10101 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10102 respectively, of the ewoc.
10104 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10105 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10106 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10108 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10110 ;;;***
10112 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10113 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10114 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10115 ;;;;;; (20533 6181 437016 717000))
10116 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10118 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10119 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10120 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10122 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10124 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10125 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10126 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10127 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10128 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10130 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10132 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10133 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10134 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10135 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10136 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10137 executable.
10139 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10141 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10142 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10143 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10145 \(fn)" t nil)
10147 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10148 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10149 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10150 file modes.
10152 \(fn)" nil nil)
10154 ;;;***
10156 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10157 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10158 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
10159 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10161 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10162 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10163 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10164 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10166 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10168 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10169 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10170 to generate such functions.
10172 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10173 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10174 beginning of the expanded text.
10176 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10177 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10178 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10179 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10181 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10183 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10185 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10186 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10187 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10189 \(fn)" nil nil)
10191 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10192 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10193 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10195 \(fn)" t nil)
10197 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10198 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10199 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10201 \(fn)" t nil)
10202 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10203 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10205 ;;;***
10207 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (20566 63671
10208 ;;;;;; 243798 0))
10209 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10211 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10212 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10213 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10215 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10216 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10217 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10219 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10221 Key definitions:
10222 \\{f90-mode-map}
10224 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10226 `f90-do-indent'
10227 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10228 `f90-if-indent'
10229 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10230 `f90-type-indent'
10231 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10232 `f90-program-indent'
10233 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10234 (default 2).
10235 `f90-associate-indent'
10236 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10237 `f90-critical-indent'
10238 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10239 `f90-continuation-indent'
10240 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10241 `f90-comment-region'
10242 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10243 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10244 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10245 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10246 (default \"!\").
10247 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10248 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10249 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10250 `f90-break-delimiters'
10251 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10252 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10253 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10254 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10255 (default t).
10256 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10257 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10258 `f90-smart-end'
10259 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10260 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10261 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10262 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10263 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10264 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10265 `f90-leave-line-no'
10266 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10268 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10269 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10271 \(fn)" t nil)
10273 ;;;***
10275 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
10276 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
10277 ;;;;;; text-scale-set face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base
10278 ;;;;;; face-remap-add-relative) "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (20622
10279 ;;;;;; 22438 32851 0))
10280 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10282 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10283 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10284 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10285 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10287 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10288 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10289 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10290 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10291 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10293 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10294 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10295 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10296 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10297 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10298 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10299 attributes.
10301 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10302 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10304 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10306 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10307 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10308 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10309 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10311 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10313 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10314 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10315 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10316 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10318 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10319 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10320 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10322 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10323 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10324 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10325 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10327 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10329 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10330 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10331 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10333 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10334 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10335 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10336 the same amount).
10338 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10340 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10341 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10342 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10344 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10345 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10346 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10347 will remove any scaling currently active.
10349 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10351 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10352 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10353 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10355 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10356 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10357 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10358 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10359 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10361 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10362 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10364 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10366 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10367 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10369 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10370 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10371 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10373 When adjusting with `+' or `-', continue to read input events and
10374 further adjust the face height as long as the input event read
10375 \(with all modifiers removed) is `+' or `-'.
10377 When adjusting with `0', immediately finish.
10379 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10380 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10381 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10382 will remove any scaling currently active.
10384 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10385 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10386 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10387 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10388 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10390 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10392 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10393 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10394 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10395 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10396 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10397 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10399 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10401 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10402 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10403 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10404 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10405 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10406 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10407 `buffer-face-mode'.
10409 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10410 local, and sets it to FACE.
10412 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10414 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10415 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10416 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10417 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10418 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10419 `face' text property.
10421 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10422 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
10423 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
10424 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10426 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10427 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10429 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10431 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10432 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10433 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10434 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10436 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10438 ;;;***
10440 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10441 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10442 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (20566 63671
10443 ;;;;;; 243798 0))
10444 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10446 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10447 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10448 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10449 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10451 \(fn)" nil nil)
10453 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10454 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10456 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10458 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10459 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10460 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10461 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10463 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10465 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10466 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10467 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10468 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10469 backup file names and the like).
10471 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10473 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10474 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10475 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10476 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10477 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10478 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10479 internally by feedmail):
10481 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10482 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10483 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10484 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10486 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10487 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10488 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10489 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10490 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10492 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10494 ;;;***
10496 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings ffap-guess-file-name-at-point dired-at-point
10497 ;;;;;; ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap"
10498 ;;;;;; "ffap.el" (20595 63909 923329 0))
10499 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10501 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10502 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10503 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10504 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10505 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10506 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10507 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10509 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10511 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10512 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10513 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10514 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10515 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10516 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10517 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10519 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10521 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10523 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10524 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10525 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10526 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10527 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10528 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10530 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10532 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10533 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10534 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10535 Return value:
10536 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10537 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10538 * otherwise, nil
10540 \(fn E)" t nil)
10542 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10543 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10544 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10546 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10548 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10549 Try to get a file name at point.
10550 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10552 \(fn)" nil nil)
10554 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10555 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10557 \(fn)" t nil)
10559 ;;;***
10561 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10562 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10563 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10564 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (20648 50109 802321 0))
10565 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10567 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10568 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10569 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10570 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10572 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10574 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10575 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10576 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10577 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10578 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10579 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10581 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10583 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10584 Add FILE to the file cache.
10586 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10588 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10589 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10590 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10592 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10594 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10595 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10596 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10598 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10600 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10601 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10602 This function does not use any external programs.
10603 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10604 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10605 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10607 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10609 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10610 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10611 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10612 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10613 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10614 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10615 \(directories) is done.
10617 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10619 ;;;***
10621 ;;;### (autoloads (copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
10622 ;;;;;; copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals delete-dir-local-variable
10623 ;;;;;; add-dir-local-variable delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
10624 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable-prop-line delete-file-local-variable
10625 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable) "files-x" "files-x.el" (20355 10021
10626 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
10627 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10629 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10630 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10632 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10633 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10634 Local Variables list.
10636 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10637 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10638 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10640 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10642 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10643 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10645 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10647 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10648 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10650 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10651 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10652 the -*- line.
10654 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10655 then this function adds it.
10657 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10659 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10660 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10662 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10664 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10665 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10667 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10669 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10670 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10672 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10674 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10675 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10677 \(fn)" t nil)
10679 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10680 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10682 \(fn)" t nil)
10684 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10685 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10687 \(fn)" t nil)
10689 ;;;***
10691 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (20614
10692 ;;;;;; 54428 654267 0))
10693 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10695 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10696 Filesets initialization.
10697 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10699 \(fn)" nil nil)
10701 ;;;***
10703 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (20655 23358
10704 ;;;;;; 697173 0))
10705 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10707 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10708 Initiate the building of a find command.
10709 For example:
10711 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10712 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10713 (mtime \"+1\"))
10714 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10716 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10717 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10719 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10721 ;;;***
10723 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired) "find-dired"
10724 ;;;;;; "find-dired.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
10725 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10727 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10728 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10729 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10731 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10733 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10734 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10736 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10738 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10739 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10740 and run dired on those files.
10741 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10742 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10744 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10746 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10748 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10749 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10750 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10752 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10753 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10755 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10756 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10758 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10760 ;;;***
10762 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10763 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file ff-special-constructs)
10764 ;;;;;; "find-file" "find-file.el" (20387 44199 24128 0))
10765 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10767 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10768 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10769 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10770 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10771 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10772 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10773 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10775 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10777 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10778 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10779 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10781 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10783 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10785 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10787 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10788 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10789 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10791 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10792 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10794 Variables of interest include:
10796 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10797 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10798 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10800 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10801 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10802 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10804 - `ff-ignore-include'
10805 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10807 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10808 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10810 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10811 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10813 - `ff-special-constructs'
10814 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10815 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10816 extracting the filename from that construct.
10818 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10819 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10821 - `ff-search-directories'
10822 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10823 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10825 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10826 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10828 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10829 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10831 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10832 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10834 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10835 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10837 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10838 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10840 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10842 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10843 Visit the file you click on.
10845 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10847 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10848 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10850 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10852 ;;;***
10854 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10855 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10856 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10857 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10858 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10859 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10860 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (20497 6436 957082 0))
10861 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10863 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10864 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10865 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10867 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10869 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10870 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10871 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10872 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10874 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10875 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10876 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10877 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10879 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10881 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10882 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10884 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10885 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10886 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10887 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10889 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10890 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10891 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10893 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10894 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10895 in `load-path'.
10897 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10899 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10900 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10902 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10903 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10904 places point before the definition.
10905 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10907 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10908 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10909 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10911 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10913 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10914 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10916 See `find-function' for more details.
10918 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10920 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10921 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10923 See `find-function' for more details.
10925 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10927 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10928 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10930 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10931 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10932 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10934 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10935 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10937 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10939 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10940 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10942 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10943 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10944 places point before the definition.
10946 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10948 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10949 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10950 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10952 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10954 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10955 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10957 See `find-variable' for more details.
10959 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10961 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10962 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10964 See `find-variable' for more details.
10966 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10968 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10969 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10970 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10971 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10972 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10973 buffer nor display it.
10975 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10976 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10978 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10980 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10981 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10983 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10984 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10985 places point before the definition.
10987 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10989 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10990 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10991 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10993 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10995 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10996 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10997 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10999 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
11001 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
11002 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11004 \(fn)" t nil)
11006 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
11007 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11009 \(fn)" t nil)
11011 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
11012 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11014 \(fn)" nil nil)
11016 ;;;***
11018 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
11019 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (20355 10021
11020 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
11021 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11023 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
11024 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11026 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11028 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
11029 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11031 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11033 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
11034 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11036 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11038 ;;;***
11040 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11041 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
11042 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11044 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
11045 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11047 \(fn)" t nil)
11049 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
11050 Display FILE's commentary section.
11051 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11053 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11055 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11056 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11058 \(fn)" t nil)
11060 ;;;***
11062 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11063 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
11064 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11066 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11067 Toggle flow control handling.
11068 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11069 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11071 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11073 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11074 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11075 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11076 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11077 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11078 to get the effect of a C-q.
11080 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11082 ;;;***
11084 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11085 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
11086 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11088 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11091 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11093 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11096 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11098 ;;;***
11100 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-find-file-hook flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on
11101 ;;;;;; flymake-mode) "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (20642 11326
11102 ;;;;;; 759953 0))
11103 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11105 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11106 Toggle on-the-fly syntax checking.
11107 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11108 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11109 if ARG is omitted or nil.
11111 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11113 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11114 Turn flymake mode on.
11116 \(fn)" nil nil)
11118 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11119 Turn flymake mode off.
11121 \(fn)" nil nil)
11123 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
11126 \(fn)" nil nil)
11128 ;;;***
11130 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11131 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11132 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
11133 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11135 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11136 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11138 \(fn)" t nil)
11139 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11141 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11142 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11143 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11144 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11145 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11147 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11148 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11149 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11151 Bindings:
11152 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11153 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11154 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11155 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11157 Hooks:
11158 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11160 Remark:
11161 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11162 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11163 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11165 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11166 consider adding:
11167 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11168 in your init file.
11170 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11171 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11173 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11175 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11176 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11178 \(fn)" nil nil)
11180 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11181 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11183 \(fn)" nil nil)
11185 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11186 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11188 \(fn)" nil nil)
11190 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11191 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11193 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11195 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11196 Flyspell whole buffer.
11198 \(fn)" t nil)
11200 ;;;***
11202 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11203 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11204 ;;;;;; (20501 3499 284800 0))
11205 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11207 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11208 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11210 \(fn)" nil nil)
11212 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11213 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11215 \(fn)" nil nil)
11217 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11218 Toggle Follow mode.
11219 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11220 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11221 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11223 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11224 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11226 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11227 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11228 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11230 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11231 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11232 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11233 movement commands.
11235 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11236 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11237 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11238 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11239 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11240 mileage may vary).
11242 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11243 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11245 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11247 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11249 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11250 \\{follow-mode-map}
11252 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11254 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11255 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11257 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11258 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11259 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11260 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11261 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11262 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11264 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11265 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11266 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11268 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11270 ;;;***
11272 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (20478
11273 ;;;;;; 3673 653810 0))
11274 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11276 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11277 Toggle Footnote mode.
11278 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11279 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11280 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11282 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11283 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11284 play around with the following keys:
11285 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11287 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11289 ;;;***
11291 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11292 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (20427 14766 970343 0))
11293 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11295 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11296 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11298 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11299 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11300 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11301 C-c < forms-first-record <
11302 C-c > forms-last-record >
11303 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11304 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11305 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11306 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11307 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11308 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11309 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11310 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11311 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11312 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11314 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11316 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11317 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11319 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11321 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11322 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11324 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11326 ;;;***
11328 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
11329 ;;;;;; (20438 24024 724594 589000))
11330 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11332 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11333 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11334 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11336 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11337 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11339 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11341 Key definitions:
11342 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11344 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11346 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11347 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11348 `fortran-do-indent'
11349 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11350 `fortran-if-indent'
11351 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11352 `fortran-structure-indent'
11353 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11354 (default 3)
11355 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11356 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11357 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11358 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11359 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11360 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11361 nil don't change the indentation
11362 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11363 value of either
11364 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11365 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11366 depending on the continuation format in use.
11367 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11368 indentation for a line of code.
11369 (default 'fixed)
11370 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11371 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11372 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11373 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11374 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11375 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11376 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11377 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11378 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11379 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11380 column 5.
11381 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11382 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11383 statements (default nil).
11384 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11385 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11386 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11387 `fortran-continuation-string'
11388 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11389 line (default \"$\").
11390 `fortran-comment-region'
11391 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11392 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11393 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11394 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11395 as typed (default t).
11396 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11397 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11399 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11400 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11402 \(fn)" t nil)
11404 ;;;***
11406 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11407 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (20355 10021
11408 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
11409 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11411 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11412 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11414 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11415 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11417 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11419 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11420 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11422 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11423 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11425 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11427 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11428 Compile fortune file.
11430 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11431 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11433 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11435 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11436 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11438 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11439 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11440 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11441 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11443 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11445 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11446 Display a fortune cookie.
11447 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11448 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11449 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11450 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11452 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11454 ;;;***
11456 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el"
11457 ;;;;;; (20609 10405 476026 0))
11458 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11460 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11461 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11462 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11464 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11466 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11467 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11468 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11469 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11470 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11471 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11472 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11474 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11476 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11477 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11478 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11479 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11481 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11482 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11483 executable followed by command-line options. The command-line
11484 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11485 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11487 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11488 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11489 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11490 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11492 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11493 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11494 shown in some of the buffers.
11496 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11498 The following commands help control operation :
11500 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11501 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11503 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11504 detailed description of this mode.
11507 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11508 | GDB Toolbar |
11509 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11510 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11511 | | |
11512 | | |
11513 | | |
11514 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11515 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11516 | | (comint-mode) |
11517 | | |
11518 | | |
11519 | | |
11520 | | |
11521 | | |
11522 | | |
11523 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11524 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11525 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11526 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11527 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11528 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11530 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11532 ;;;***
11534 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11535 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (20406
11536 ;;;;;; 8611 875037 0))
11537 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11539 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11540 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11541 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11542 instead (which see).")
11544 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11545 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11547 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11548 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11549 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11550 documentation string instead.
11552 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11553 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11554 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11555 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11556 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11557 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11558 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11559 enders are actually possible.
11561 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11562 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11564 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11565 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11566 `font-lock-keywords'.
11568 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11569 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11570 runs the macro expansion.
11572 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11573 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11574 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11576 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11578 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11580 (put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11582 (put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11584 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11585 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11587 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11589 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11590 Enter generic mode MODE.
11592 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11593 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11594 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11596 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11597 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11599 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11601 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11602 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11603 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11604 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11605 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11606 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11607 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11608 `font-lock-keywords'.
11610 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11612 ;;;***
11614 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11615 ;;;;;; (20478 3673 653810 0))
11616 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11618 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11619 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11620 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11621 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11622 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11623 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11625 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11627 ;;;***
11629 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11630 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
11631 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
11632 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11634 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11635 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11636 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11638 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11640 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11641 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11643 Guideline for numbers:
11644 1 - error messages
11645 3 - non-serious error messages
11646 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11647 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11648 9 - messages inside loops.
11650 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11652 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11653 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11654 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11656 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11658 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11659 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11661 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11663 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11664 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11666 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11667 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11668 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11669 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11670 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11671 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11673 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11674 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11675 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11676 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11677 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11679 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11681 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11683 ;;;***
11685 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11686 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (20552 30761
11687 ;;;;;; 207103 0))
11688 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11689 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11690 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11692 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11693 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11695 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11697 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11698 Read network news.
11699 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11700 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11701 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11702 name of an NNTP server to use.
11703 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11704 server.
11706 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11708 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11709 Read news as a slave.
11711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11713 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11714 Pop up a frame to read news.
11715 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11716 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11717 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11718 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11719 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11720 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11721 current display is used.
11723 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11725 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11726 Read network news.
11727 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11728 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11729 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11731 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11733 ;;;***
11735 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11736 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11737 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11738 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11739 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11740 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (20518 12580 46478 0))
11741 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11743 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11744 Start Gnus unplugged.
11746 \(fn)" t nil)
11748 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11749 Start Gnus plugged.
11751 \(fn)" t nil)
11753 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11754 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11756 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11758 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11759 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11761 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11762 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11763 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11765 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11766 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11767 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11769 \(fn)" t nil)
11771 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11772 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11774 \(fn)" nil nil)
11776 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11777 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11778 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11779 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11780 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11781 supported.
11783 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11785 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11786 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11787 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11788 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11789 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11790 supported.
11792 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11794 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11795 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11797 \(fn)" nil nil)
11799 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11800 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11801 downloaded into the agent.
11803 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11805 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11806 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11807 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11808 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11810 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11812 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11813 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11815 \(fn)" t nil)
11817 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11818 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11820 \(fn)" t nil)
11822 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11823 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11824 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11826 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11828 ;;;***
11830 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11831 ;;;;;; (20636 58934 667126 0))
11832 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11834 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11835 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11837 \(fn)" nil nil)
11839 ;;;***
11841 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11842 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (20355 10021 546955
11843 ;;;;;; 0))
11844 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11846 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11847 Set a bookmark for this article.
11849 \(fn)" t nil)
11851 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11852 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11854 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11856 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11857 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11858 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11859 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11860 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11862 \(fn)" t nil)
11864 ;;;***
11866 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11867 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11868 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (20355
11869 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
11870 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11872 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11873 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11875 Usage:
11876 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11878 \(fn)" t nil)
11880 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11881 Generate the cache active file.
11883 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11885 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11886 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11888 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11890 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11891 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11892 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11893 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11894 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11895 supported.
11897 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11899 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11900 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11901 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11902 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11903 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11904 supported.
11906 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11908 ;;;***
11910 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11911 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
11912 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11914 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11915 Delay this article by some time.
11916 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11918 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11919 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11921 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11922 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11924 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11925 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11927 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11929 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11930 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11932 \(fn)" t nil)
11934 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11935 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11936 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11937 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11939 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11940 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11942 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11944 ;;;***
11946 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11947 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (20647 29243 972198 0))
11948 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11950 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11953 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11955 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11958 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11960 ;;;***
11962 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11963 ;;;;;; (20628 29298 719852 0))
11964 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11966 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11967 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11969 \(fn)" t nil)
11971 ;;;***
11973 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11974 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
11975 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11977 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11978 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11980 \(fn)" t nil)
11982 ;;;***
11984 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11985 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11986 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (20549
11987 ;;;;;; 54573 979353 0))
11988 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11990 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
11991 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11993 \(fn)" t nil)
11995 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
11996 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11998 \(fn)" t nil)
12000 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12001 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12003 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12004 different input formats.
12006 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12008 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12009 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12011 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12012 different input formats.
12014 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12016 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12017 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12018 The PNG is returned as a string.
12020 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12022 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12023 Convert FILE to a Face.
12024 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12025 726 bytes.
12027 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12029 ;;;***
12031 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-mail-gravatar gnus-treat-from-gravatar)
12032 ;;;;;; "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (20355 10021 546955
12033 ;;;;;; 0))
12034 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12036 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12037 Display gravatar in the From header.
12038 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12040 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12042 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12043 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12044 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12046 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12048 ;;;***
12050 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12051 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (20553 51627 169867 0))
12052 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12054 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12055 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12056 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12057 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12059 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12061 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12062 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12064 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12066 ;;;***
12068 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-html-prefetch-images gnus-article-html) "gnus-html"
12069 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-html.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
12070 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12072 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12075 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12077 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12080 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12082 ;;;***
12084 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12085 ;;;;;; (20495 51111 757560 0))
12086 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12088 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12090 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12091 Run batched scoring.
12092 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12094 \(fn)" t nil)
12096 ;;;***
12098 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12099 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12100 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
12101 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12103 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12106 \(fn)" nil nil)
12108 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12109 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12110 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12112 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12114 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12115 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12117 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12119 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12121 ;;;***
12123 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12124 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12125 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
12126 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12128 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12129 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12130 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12131 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12132 group parameters.
12134 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12135 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12136 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12137 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12139 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12140 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12141 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12142 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12143 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12144 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12145 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12146 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12147 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12148 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12150 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12152 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12153 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12154 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12155 nil CATCH-ALL).
12157 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12158 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12160 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12162 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12163 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12164 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12166 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12168 \(fn)" nil nil)
12170 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12171 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12172 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12174 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12176 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12177 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12178 existing groups are considered.
12180 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12181 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12182 returned.
12184 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12185 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12186 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12187 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12188 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12189 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12190 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12191 clauses will be generated.
12193 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12194 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12195 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12196 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12197 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12198 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12200 For example, given the following group parameters:
12202 nnml:mail.bar:
12203 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12204 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12205 nnml:mail.foo:
12206 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12207 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12208 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12209 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12210 nnml:mail.others:
12211 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12213 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12215 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12216 \"mail.bar\")
12217 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12218 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12219 \"mail.others\")
12221 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12223 ;;;***
12225 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12226 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (20593 22184 581574 0))
12227 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12229 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12230 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12231 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12232 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12233 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12234 instead.
12236 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12238 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12239 Mail to ADDRESS.
12241 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12243 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12244 Like `message-reply'.
12246 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12248 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12250 ;;;***
12252 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-notifications) "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12253 ;;;;;; (20593 22184 581574 0))
12254 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12256 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12257 Send a notification on new message.
12258 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12259 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12260 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12262 This is typically a function to add in
12263 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12265 \(fn)" nil nil)
12267 ;;;***
12269 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12270 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12271 ;;;;;; (20523 62082 997685 0))
12272 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12274 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12275 Display picons in the From header.
12276 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12278 \(fn)" t nil)
12280 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12281 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12282 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12284 \(fn)" t nil)
12286 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12287 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12288 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12290 \(fn)" t nil)
12292 ;;;***
12294 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12295 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12296 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12297 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12298 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (20544 36659 880486 0))
12299 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12301 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12302 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12303 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12304 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12306 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12308 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12309 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12310 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12311 LIST1 is modified.
12313 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12315 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12316 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12317 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12319 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12321 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12324 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12326 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12327 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12328 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12330 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12332 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12333 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12334 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12336 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12338 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12340 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12341 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12342 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12344 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12346 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12347 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12348 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12350 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12352 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12353 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12354 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12356 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12358 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12359 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12361 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12363 ;;;***
12365 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12366 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (20544 36659 880486
12367 ;;;;;; 0))
12368 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12370 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12371 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12373 \(fn)" t nil)
12375 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12376 Install the registry hooks.
12378 \(fn)" t nil)
12380 ;;;***
12382 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12383 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (20355
12384 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
12385 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12387 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12388 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12389 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12390 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12391 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12392 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12394 \(fn)" t nil)
12396 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12397 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12398 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12399 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12400 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12402 \(fn)" t nil)
12404 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12407 \(fn)" t nil)
12409 ;;;***
12411 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12412 ;;;;;; (20458 56750 651721 0))
12413 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12415 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12416 Update the format specification near point.
12418 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12420 ;;;***
12422 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el"
12423 ;;;;;; (20614 54428 654267 0))
12424 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12426 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12427 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12429 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12431 ;;;***
12433 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-summary-bookmark-jump) "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
12434 ;;;;;; (20540 39589 424586 0))
12435 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12437 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12438 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12439 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12441 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12443 ;;;***
12445 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sync-install-hooks gnus-sync-initialize)
12446 ;;;;;; "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (20593 22184 581574 0))
12447 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12449 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12450 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12452 \(fn)" t nil)
12454 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12455 Install the sync hooks.
12457 \(fn)" t nil)
12459 ;;;***
12461 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12462 ;;;;;; (20447 49522 409090 0))
12463 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12465 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12466 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12468 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12470 ;;;***
12472 ;;;### (autoloads (gnutls-min-prime-bits) "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el"
12473 ;;;;;; (20476 31768 298871 0))
12474 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12476 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12477 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12478 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12479 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12480 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12481 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12483 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12485 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12487 ;;;***
12489 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (20626 19492
12490 ;;;;;; 855904 0))
12491 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12493 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12494 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12496 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12497 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12498 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12500 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12501 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12502 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12504 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12505 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12507 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12508 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12510 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12512 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12514 ;;;***
12516 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
12517 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (20566
12518 ;;;;;; 63671 243798 0))
12519 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12521 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12523 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12524 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12525 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12526 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12527 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12529 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12531 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12532 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12533 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12534 or to send e-mail.
12535 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12536 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12538 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12539 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12541 \(fn)" t nil)
12542 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12544 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12545 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12546 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12547 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12548 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12550 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12552 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12553 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12555 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12557 ;;;***
12559 ;;;### (autoloads (gravatar-retrieve-synchronously gravatar-retrieve)
12560 ;;;;;; "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
12561 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12563 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12564 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12565 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12567 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12569 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12570 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12572 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12574 ;;;***
12576 ;;;### (autoloads (zrgrep rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12577 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12578 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (20664 38325
12579 ;;;;;; 385623 0))
12580 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12582 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12583 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12585 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12587 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12588 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12589 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12590 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12591 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12593 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12594 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12595 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12597 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12599 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12600 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12601 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12602 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12603 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12605 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12607 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12608 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12610 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12612 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face 'match))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face 'match)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12613 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12615 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12616 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12617 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12619 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12620 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12621 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12623 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12624 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12625 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12626 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12628 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12629 How to invoke find and grep.
12630 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12631 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12632 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12633 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12635 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12637 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12638 History list for grep.")
12640 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12641 History list for grep-find.")
12643 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12644 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12645 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12647 \(fn)" nil nil)
12649 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12652 \(fn)" nil nil)
12654 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12655 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12657 \(fn)" nil nil)
12659 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12660 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12661 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12662 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12663 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12665 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12666 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12668 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12669 can easily repeat a grep command.
12671 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12672 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12673 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12674 list is empty).
12676 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12678 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12679 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12680 Collect output in a buffer.
12681 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12682 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12684 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12685 easily repeat a find command.
12687 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12689 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12691 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12692 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12693 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12694 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12695 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12697 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12698 before it is executed.
12699 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12701 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12702 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12703 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12705 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12707 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12709 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12710 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12711 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12712 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12713 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12715 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12716 before it is executed.
12717 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12719 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12720 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12721 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12722 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12724 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12726 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12727 to specify a command to run.
12729 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12731 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12732 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12733 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12734 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12736 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12738 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12740 ;;;***
12742 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (20355 10021 546955
12743 ;;;;;; 0))
12744 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12746 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12747 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12748 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12749 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12750 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12752 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12754 ;;;***
12756 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb
12757 ;;;;;; xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (20614 55343
12758 ;;;;;; 384716 548000))
12759 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12761 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12762 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12763 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12764 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12766 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12768 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12769 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12770 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12771 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12773 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12775 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12776 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12777 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12778 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12780 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12782 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12783 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12784 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12785 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12787 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12788 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12790 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12792 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12793 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12794 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12795 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12797 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12799 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12800 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12801 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12802 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12804 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12806 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12807 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12808 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12809 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12810 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12812 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12813 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12814 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12815 original source file access method.
12817 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12818 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12820 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12822 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12823 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12825 \(fn)" t nil)
12827 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12828 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12829 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12830 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12831 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12832 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12834 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12836 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12837 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12838 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12839 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12840 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12842 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12844 ;;;***
12846 ;;;### (autoloads (gv-ref setf gv-define-simple-setter gv-define-setter
12847 ;;;;;; gv--defun-declaration gv-define-expander gv-letplace gv-get)
12848 ;;;;;; "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (20643 32183 554981 0))
12849 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12851 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12852 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12853 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12854 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12855 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12856 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12857 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12858 set it to.
12859 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12861 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12863 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12864 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12865 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12866 of PLACE.
12867 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12868 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12869 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12870 and SETTER.
12871 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12872 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12874 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
12876 (put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12878 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
12879 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12880 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12881 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12882 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12884 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
12886 (put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
12888 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
12891 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
12893 (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist)
12895 (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist)
12897 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
12898 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12899 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12900 well for simple place forms.
12901 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12902 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12903 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12904 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
12905 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
12906 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
12907 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
12909 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
12911 (put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12913 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
12914 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12915 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12916 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
12917 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
12919 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
12920 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
12921 (let ((temp VAL))
12922 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
12923 temp)
12924 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
12926 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
12928 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
12929 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
12930 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
12931 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
12932 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
12933 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
12935 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
12937 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
12939 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
12940 Return a reference to PLACE.
12941 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
12943 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
12945 ;;;***
12947 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (20566
12948 ;;;;;; 63671 243798 0))
12949 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12951 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12952 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12953 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12954 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12956 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12957 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12958 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
12959 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12961 \(fn)" t nil)
12963 ;;;***
12965 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12966 ;;;;;; (20478 3673 653810 0))
12967 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12969 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12970 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12972 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12974 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12975 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12976 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12977 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12979 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12981 \(fn)" t nil)
12983 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12984 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12985 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12986 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12987 to be updated.
12989 \(fn)" t nil)
12991 ;;;***
12993 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12994 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12995 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
12996 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12998 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12999 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13001 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13003 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13004 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13005 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13007 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13009 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13010 Verify a hashcash payment
13012 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13014 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13015 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13016 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13017 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13018 `mail-add-payment-async').
13020 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13022 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13023 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13024 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13025 Calculation is asynchronous.
13027 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13029 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13030 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13031 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13033 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13035 ;;;***
13037 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
13038 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
13039 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
13040 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (20355 10021
13041 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
13042 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13044 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13045 Return the help-echo string at point.
13046 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13047 property, or nil, is returned.
13048 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13049 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13050 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13052 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13054 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13055 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13056 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13057 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13058 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13060 \(fn)" nil nil)
13062 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13063 Display local help in the echo area.
13064 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13065 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13066 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13067 printed instead.
13069 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13070 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13071 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13073 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13075 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13076 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13077 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13079 \(fn)" t nil)
13081 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13082 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13083 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13085 \(fn)" t nil)
13087 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13088 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13089 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13090 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13091 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13092 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13093 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13094 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13095 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13096 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13097 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13099 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13100 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13101 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13102 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13103 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13105 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13106 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13107 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13108 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13109 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13110 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13111 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13112 The default is `never'.")
13114 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13116 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13117 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13118 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13119 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13120 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13121 considered different regions.
13123 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13124 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13125 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13126 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13127 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13128 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13129 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13130 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13131 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13133 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13135 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13136 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13137 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13138 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13139 different regions.
13141 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13142 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13143 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13144 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13145 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13146 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13147 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13148 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13150 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13151 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13152 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13153 rarely happens in practice.
13155 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13157 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13158 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13159 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13160 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13161 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13162 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13164 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13166 ;;;***
13168 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-file-to-info doc-file-to-man describe-categories
13169 ;;;;;; describe-syntax describe-variable variable-at-point describe-function-1
13170 ;;;;;; find-lisp-object-file-name help-C-file-name describe-function)
13171 ;;;;;; "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (20601 16294 451653 0))
13172 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13174 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13175 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13177 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13179 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13180 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13181 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13183 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13185 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13186 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13187 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13188 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13189 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13190 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13191 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
13192 search for a function definition.
13194 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13195 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13196 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13197 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13198 suitable file is found, return nil.
13200 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13202 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13205 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13207 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13208 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13209 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13210 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13212 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13214 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13215 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13216 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13217 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13218 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13219 it is displayed along with the global value.
13221 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13223 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13224 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13225 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13226 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13228 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13230 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13231 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13232 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13233 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13234 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13236 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13238 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13239 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13241 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13243 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13244 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13246 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13248 ;;;***
13250 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13251 ;;;;;; (20589 25124 41923 0))
13252 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13254 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13255 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13256 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13257 window listing and describing the options.
13258 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13259 gives the window that lists the options.")
13261 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13263 ;;;***
13265 ;;;### (autoloads (help-bookmark-jump help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button
13266 ;;;;;; help-xref-button help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref
13267 ;;;;;; help-mode-finish help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el"
13268 ;;;;;; (20647 29243 972198 0))
13269 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13271 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13272 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13273 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13274 Commands:
13275 \\{help-mode-map}
13277 \(fn)" t nil)
13279 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13282 \(fn)" nil nil)
13284 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13287 \(fn)" nil nil)
13289 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13290 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13292 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13293 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13294 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13295 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13297 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13298 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13299 restore it properly when going back.
13301 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13303 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13304 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13305 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13306 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13307 from `help-mode'.
13308 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13309 it does not already exist.
13311 \(fn)" nil nil)
13313 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13314 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13316 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13317 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13318 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13319 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13320 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13321 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13322 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13323 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13325 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13326 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13327 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13328 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13330 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13331 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13332 that.
13334 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13336 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13337 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13338 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13339 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13340 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13341 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13343 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13345 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13346 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13347 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13348 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13349 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13351 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13353 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13354 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13356 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13358 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13359 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13360 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13361 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13363 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13365 ;;;***
13367 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13368 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
13369 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13371 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13372 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13374 \(fn)" t nil)
13376 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13377 Provide help for current mode.
13379 \(fn)" t nil)
13381 ;;;***
13383 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13384 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (20523 62082 997685 0))
13385 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13387 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13388 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13389 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13390 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13391 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13393 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13394 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13396 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13397 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13398 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13399 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits) and as their ASCII values.
13401 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13402 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13403 periods.
13405 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13406 in hexl format.
13408 A sample format:
13410 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13411 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13412 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13413 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13414 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13415 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13416 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13417 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13418 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13419 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13420 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13421 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13422 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13423 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13424 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13426 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13427 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13428 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13430 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13431 also supported.
13433 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13435 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13436 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13437 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13439 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13440 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13441 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13443 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13444 into the buffer at the current point.
13446 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13447 into the buffer at the current point.
13449 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13450 into the buffer at the current point.
13452 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13454 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13455 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13457 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13459 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13461 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13463 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13464 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13465 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13466 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13468 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13470 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13471 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13472 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13474 \(fn)" t nil)
13476 ;;;***
13478 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13479 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13480 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13481 ;;;;;; (20593 22184 581574 0))
13482 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13484 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13485 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13486 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13487 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13488 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13490 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13491 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13492 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13493 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13495 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13496 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13497 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13498 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13500 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13501 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13502 which can be called interactively, are:
13504 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13505 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13507 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13508 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13509 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13510 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13512 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13513 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13515 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13516 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13518 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13519 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13520 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13521 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13522 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13523 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13524 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13525 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13526 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13527 function returns t.
13529 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13530 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13532 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13533 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13534 form:
13535 Hi-lock: FOO
13537 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13538 position (number of characters into buffer)
13539 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13540 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13541 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13543 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13545 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13546 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13547 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13548 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13549 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13550 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13552 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13554 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13555 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13556 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13557 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13558 ARG is omitted or nil.
13560 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13561 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13562 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13564 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13566 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13568 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13569 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13570 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE, using a buffer-local
13571 history list for REGEXP and a global history list for FACE.
13573 If Font Lock mode is enabled in the buffer, it is used to
13574 highlight REGEXP. If Font Lock mode is disabled, overlays are
13575 used for highlighting; in this case, the highlighting will not be
13576 updated as you type.
13578 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13580 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13582 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13583 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13584 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE, using a buffer-local
13585 history list for REGEXP and a global history list for FACE.
13587 If Font Lock mode is enabled in the buffer, it is used to
13588 highlight REGEXP. If Font Lock mode is disabled, overlays are
13589 used for highlighting; in this case, the highlighting will not be
13590 updated as you type.
13592 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13594 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13596 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13597 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13598 If called interactively, replaces whitespace in REGEXP with
13599 arbitrary whitespace and makes initial lower-case letters case-insensitive.
13601 If Font Lock mode is enabled in the buffer, it is used to
13602 highlight REGEXP. If Font Lock mode is disabled, overlays are
13603 used for highlighting; in this case, the highlighting will not be
13604 updated as you type.
13606 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13608 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13610 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13611 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13612 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13613 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13615 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13617 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13618 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13620 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13621 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13622 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13624 \(fn)" t nil)
13626 ;;;***
13628 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
13629 ;;;;;; (20588 4262 531841 0))
13630 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13632 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13633 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13634 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13635 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13636 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13638 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13639 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13640 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13641 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13643 `hide-ifdef-env'
13644 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13645 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13646 is used.
13648 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13649 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13650 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13651 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13652 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13654 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13655 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13656 #endif lines when hiding.
13658 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13659 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13660 is activated.
13662 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13663 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13664 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13666 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13668 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13670 ;;;***
13672 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13673 ;;;;;; (20566 63671 243798 0))
13674 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13676 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13677 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13678 Each element has the form
13679 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13681 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13682 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13684 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13685 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13687 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13688 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13689 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13690 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13691 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13692 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13694 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13695 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13697 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13698 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13700 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13701 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13702 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13704 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13705 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13706 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13707 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13708 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13710 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13711 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13712 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13714 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13715 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13716 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13718 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13719 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13721 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13723 Key bindings:
13724 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13726 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13728 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13729 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13731 \(fn)" nil nil)
13733 ;;;***
13735 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
13736 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13737 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13738 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
13739 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (20355
13740 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
13741 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13743 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13744 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13745 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13746 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13747 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13749 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13750 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13751 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles
13752 this on and off.
13754 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13755 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13756 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13757 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13758 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13759 through various faces.
13760 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13761 buffer with the contents of a file
13762 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13764 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13766 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13767 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13768 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13769 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13770 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13772 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13773 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13774 in a distinctive face.
13776 The default value can be customized with variable
13777 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13779 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
13781 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13783 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13784 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13785 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13787 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13789 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13790 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13792 \(fn)" t nil)
13794 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13795 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13797 \(fn)" t nil)
13799 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13800 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13802 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13803 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13804 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13805 shown in the last face in the list.
13807 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13808 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13809 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13811 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13813 \(fn)" t nil)
13815 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13816 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13818 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13820 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13821 to save the file.
13823 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13824 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13826 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13827 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13828 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13830 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13832 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13833 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13835 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13836 this function is called interactively.
13838 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13839 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13840 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13842 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13843 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13844 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13846 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13848 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13849 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13850 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13851 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13852 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13853 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13855 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13857 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13858 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13859 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13860 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13861 ARG is omitted or nil.
13863 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13864 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13865 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13867 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13869 ;;;***
13871 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-try-functions-list)
13872 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (20660 41272 835092 0))
13873 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13875 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13876 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13877 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13878 or insert functions in this list.")
13880 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13882 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13883 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13884 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13885 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13886 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13887 expansions.
13888 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13889 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13890 undoes the expansion.
13892 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13894 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13895 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13896 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13897 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13899 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
13901 ;;;***
13903 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13904 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
13905 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13907 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13908 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13909 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13910 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13911 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13913 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13914 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13915 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13916 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13917 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13918 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13920 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13921 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13922 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13923 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13925 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13927 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13928 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13929 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13930 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13931 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13932 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13934 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13936 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13937 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13938 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13939 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13940 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13942 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13943 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13944 windows.
13946 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13947 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13949 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13951 ;;;***
13953 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13954 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13955 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13956 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13957 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
13958 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13960 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13962 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13963 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13964 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13966 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13968 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13970 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13972 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13973 Oriental holidays.
13974 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13976 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13978 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13980 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13982 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13983 Local holidays.
13984 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13986 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13988 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13990 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13992 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13993 User defined holidays.
13994 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13996 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
13998 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14000 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
14001 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14003 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
14005 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
14006 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14008 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
14010 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
14011 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14013 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
14015 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
14016 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14018 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
14020 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
14022 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14023 Jewish holidays.
14024 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14026 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14028 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14030 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
14032 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14033 Christian holidays.
14034 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14036 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14038 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14040 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
14042 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14043 Islamic holidays.
14044 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14046 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14048 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14050 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
14052 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14053 Bahá'í holidays.
14054 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14056 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14058 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14060 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
14062 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14063 Sun-related holidays.
14064 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14066 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14068 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14070 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14072 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14073 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14074 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14075 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14077 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14079 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14080 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14081 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14082 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14083 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14085 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14086 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14088 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14089 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14091 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14092 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14093 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14094 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14095 of a holiday list.
14097 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14099 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14101 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14103 ;;;***
14105 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (20355
14106 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
14107 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14109 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14110 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14112 \(fn)" t nil)
14114 ;;;***
14116 ;;;### (autoloads (htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir htmlfontify-buffer)
14117 ;;;;;; "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (20614 54428 654267 0))
14118 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14120 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14121 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14122 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14123 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14124 as possible.
14126 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14127 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14128 fontified display.
14130 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14131 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14133 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14134 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14135 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14137 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14139 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14140 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14141 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14143 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14145 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14147 ;;;***
14149 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14150 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (20478
14151 ;;;;;; 3673 653810 0))
14152 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14154 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14155 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14157 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14158 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14159 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14161 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14162 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14163 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14164 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14165 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14166 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14168 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14169 title of the column.
14171 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14172 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14173 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14174 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14175 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14177 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14179 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14180 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14181 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14182 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14183 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14185 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14186 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14187 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14189 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14191 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14192 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14193 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14194 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14195 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14196 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14198 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14199 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14200 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14201 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14202 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14203 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14204 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14205 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14206 values are:
14207 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14208 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14209 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14210 buffer's modification flag.
14211 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14212 prompted before performing this operation.
14213 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14214 operation is complete, in the form:
14215 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14216 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14217 confirmation message, in the form:
14218 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14219 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14220 macro for exactly what it does.
14222 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14224 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14225 Define a filter named NAME.
14226 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14227 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14228 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14230 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14231 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14232 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14233 bound to the current value of the filter.
14235 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14237 ;;;***
14239 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14240 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (20647 29243 972198 0))
14241 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14243 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14244 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14245 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14246 buffers which are visiting a file.
14248 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14250 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14251 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14252 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14253 buffers which are visiting a file.
14255 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14257 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14258 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14259 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14261 All arguments are optional.
14262 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14263 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14264 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14265 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14266 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14267 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14268 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14269 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14270 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14271 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14272 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14273 that value locally in this buffer.
14275 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14277 ;;;***
14279 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14280 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14281 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (20593 22184 581574 0))
14282 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14284 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14285 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14286 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14287 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14289 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14291 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14292 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14293 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14294 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14295 ICAL-FILENAME.
14296 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14297 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14298 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14300 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14302 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14303 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14304 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14305 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14306 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14307 non-marking or not.
14309 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14311 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14312 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14314 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14315 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14316 DIARY-FILE.
14318 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14319 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14320 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14322 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14323 non-marking.
14325 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14326 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14327 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14329 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14331 ;;;***
14333 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (20665
14334 ;;;;;; 23726 628150 0))
14335 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14337 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14338 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14339 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14340 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14341 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14342 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14344 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14346 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14347 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14348 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14349 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14350 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14352 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14354 ;;;***
14356 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (20355 10021
14357 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
14358 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14360 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14361 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14362 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14363 Tab indents for Icon code.
14364 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14365 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14366 \\{icon-mode-map}
14367 Variables controlling indentation style:
14368 icon-tab-always-indent
14369 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14370 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14371 icon-auto-newline
14372 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14373 inserted in Icon code.
14374 icon-indent-level
14375 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14376 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14377 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14378 icon-continued-statement-offset
14379 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14380 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14381 icon-continued-brace-offset
14382 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14383 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14384 icon-brace-offset
14385 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14386 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14387 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14388 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14390 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14391 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14393 \(fn)" t nil)
14395 ;;;***
14397 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14398 ;;;;;; (20572 16038 402143 0))
14399 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14401 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14402 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14403 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14404 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14406 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14407 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14408 separate frames.
14410 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14411 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14413 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14414 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14415 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14417 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14419 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14421 ;;;***
14423 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14424 ;;;;;; (20576 42138 697312 0))
14425 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14427 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14428 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14430 The main features of this mode are
14432 1. Indentation and Formatting
14433 --------------------------
14434 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14435 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14437 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14438 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14439 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14440 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14442 Comments are indented as follows:
14444 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14445 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14446 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14448 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14450 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14451 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14452 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14453 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14454 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14455 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14457 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14458 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14459 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14460 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14462 2. Routine Info
14463 ------------
14464 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14465 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14466 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14467 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14468 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14469 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14470 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14471 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14472 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14473 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14475 3. Online IDL Help
14476 ---------------
14478 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14479 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14480 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14481 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14483 4. Completion
14484 ----------
14485 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14486 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14487 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14488 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14489 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14490 upper case.
14492 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14493 --------------------------------
14494 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14495 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14497 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14498 \\fu FUNCTION template
14499 \\c CASE statement template
14500 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14501 \\f FOR loop template
14502 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14503 \\w WHILE loop template
14504 \\i IF statement template
14505 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14506 \\b BEGIN
14508 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14509 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14511 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14512 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14513 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14514 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14516 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14517 -------------------------
14518 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14519 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14521 7. Automatic END completion
14522 ------------------------
14523 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14524 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14526 8. Hooks
14527 -----
14528 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14529 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14531 9. Documentation and Customization
14532 -------------------------------
14533 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14534 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14535 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14536 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
14537 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14539 10.Keybindings
14540 -----------
14541 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14542 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14543 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14545 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14547 \(fn)" t nil)
14549 ;;;***
14551 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14552 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14553 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14554 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14555 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14556 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14557 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14558 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (20665
14559 ;;;;;; 23733 615437 420000))
14560 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14562 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14563 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14564 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14565 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14566 displaying...)
14567 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14568 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14569 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14571 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14572 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14574 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14576 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14577 Toggle ido mode on or off.
14578 With ARG, turn ido-mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14579 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14580 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14581 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14582 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14583 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14584 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14586 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14588 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14589 Switch to another buffer.
14590 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14591 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14592 in another frame.
14594 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14595 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14596 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14597 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14598 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14600 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14601 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14603 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14605 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14606 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14607 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14608 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14609 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14610 in a separate window.
14611 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14612 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14613 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14614 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14615 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14616 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14617 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14618 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14619 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14621 \(fn)" t nil)
14623 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14624 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14625 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14626 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14628 \(fn)" t nil)
14630 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14631 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14632 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14633 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14635 \(fn)" t nil)
14637 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14638 Kill a buffer.
14639 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14640 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14642 \(fn)" t nil)
14644 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14645 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14646 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14647 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14649 \(fn)" t nil)
14651 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14652 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14653 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14654 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14656 \(fn)" t nil)
14658 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14659 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14661 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14663 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14664 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14665 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14666 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14667 visible in another frame.
14669 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14670 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14671 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14672 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14673 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14674 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14676 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14677 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14679 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14681 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14682 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14683 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14684 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14685 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14686 in a separate window.
14687 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14688 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14689 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14690 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14691 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14692 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14693 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14694 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14695 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14696 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14697 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14698 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14699 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14700 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14701 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14703 \(fn)" t nil)
14705 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14706 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14707 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14708 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14710 \(fn)" t nil)
14712 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14713 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14714 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14715 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14717 \(fn)" t nil)
14719 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14720 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14721 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14722 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14724 \(fn)" t nil)
14726 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14727 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14728 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14729 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14731 \(fn)" t nil)
14733 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14734 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14735 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14736 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14738 \(fn)" t nil)
14740 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14741 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14742 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14743 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14745 \(fn)" t nil)
14747 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14748 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14749 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14750 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14752 \(fn)" t nil)
14754 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14755 Write current buffer to a file.
14756 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14757 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14759 \(fn)" t nil)
14761 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14762 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14763 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14764 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14766 \(fn)" t nil)
14768 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14769 Call `dired' the ido way.
14770 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14771 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14773 \(fn)" t nil)
14775 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14776 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14777 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14778 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14779 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14780 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14782 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14784 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14785 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14786 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14787 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14789 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14791 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14792 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14793 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14794 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14796 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14798 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14799 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14800 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14801 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14802 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14803 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is currently ignored; it is included
14804 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14805 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14806 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14807 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14808 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14809 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14810 with point positioned at the end.
14811 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14812 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14814 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14816 ;;;***
14818 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
14819 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14821 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14822 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14823 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14825 \(fn)" t nil)
14827 ;;;***
14829 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el" (20355 10021
14830 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
14831 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14833 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14835 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14836 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14837 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14838 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14839 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14840 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14842 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14844 ;;;***
14846 ;;;### (autoloads (imagemagick-register-types defimage find-image
14847 ;;;;;; remove-images insert-sliced-image insert-image put-image
14848 ;;;;;; create-image image-type-auto-detected-p image-type-available-p
14849 ;;;;;; image-type image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header
14850 ;;;;;; image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el"
14851 ;;;;;; (20648 50109 802321 0))
14852 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14854 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14855 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14856 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14857 be determined.
14859 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14861 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14862 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14863 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14864 be determined.
14866 \(fn)" nil nil)
14868 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14869 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14870 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14871 be determined.
14873 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14875 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14876 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14877 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14878 be determined.
14880 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14882 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14883 Determine and return image type.
14884 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14885 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14886 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14887 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14888 use its file extension as image type.
14889 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14891 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14893 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14894 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14895 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14897 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14899 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14900 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14901 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14903 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14904 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14905 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14906 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14907 must be available.
14909 \(fn)" nil nil)
14911 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14912 Create an image.
14913 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14914 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14915 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14916 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14917 use its file extension as image type.
14918 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14919 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14920 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14921 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14923 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14925 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14926 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14927 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14929 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14931 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14932 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14933 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14934 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14935 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14936 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14937 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14938 POS may be an integer or marker.
14939 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14940 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14941 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14942 means display it in the right marginal area.
14944 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14946 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14947 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14948 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14949 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
14950 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
14951 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14952 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14953 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14954 means display it in the right marginal area.
14955 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14956 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14957 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14958 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14959 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14961 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14963 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14964 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14965 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14966 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
14967 STRING is a single space.
14968 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14969 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14970 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14971 means display it in the right marginal area.
14972 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14974 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14976 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
14977 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14978 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14979 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14981 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14983 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
14984 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14986 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14988 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14989 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14990 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14991 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14992 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14993 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14994 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14995 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14996 satisfied.
14998 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15000 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15002 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15004 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15005 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15007 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15008 documentation string.
15010 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15011 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15012 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15013 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15014 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15015 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15016 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15017 define SYMBOL.
15019 Example:
15021 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15022 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15024 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15026 (put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15028 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15029 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15030 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15031 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15033 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15034 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15035 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15036 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15038 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15040 \(fn)" nil nil)
15042 ;;;***
15044 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
15045 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
15046 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
15047 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
15048 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
15049 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
15050 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs)
15051 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (20648 50109 802321 0))
15052 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15054 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15055 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15056 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15057 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15058 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15059 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15061 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15063 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15064 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15066 Convenience command that:
15068 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15069 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15070 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15072 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15073 image files in dired and type
15074 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15076 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15078 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15079 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15081 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15083 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15084 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15085 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15086 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15087 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15088 another one).
15090 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15091 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15092 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15094 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15095 instead of erasing it first.
15097 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15098 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15099 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15100 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15101 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15102 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15104 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15106 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15107 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15108 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15109 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15110 displayed.
15112 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15114 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15116 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15118 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15119 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15121 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15123 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15124 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15125 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15127 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15129 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15130 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15132 \(fn)" t nil)
15134 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15135 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15136 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15137 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15139 \(fn)" t nil)
15141 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15142 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15144 \(fn)" t nil)
15146 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15147 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15149 \(fn)" t nil)
15151 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15152 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15154 \(fn)" t nil)
15156 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15157 Display current image file.
15158 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15159 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15163 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15164 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15166 \(fn)" t nil)
15168 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15169 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15170 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15171 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15172 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15173 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15174 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15176 \(fn)" t nil)
15178 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15179 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15180 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15181 easy-to-use form.
15183 \(fn)" t nil)
15185 ;;;***
15187 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15188 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15189 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
15190 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15192 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15193 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15194 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15195 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15197 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15198 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15199 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15200 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15202 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15204 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15205 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15206 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15207 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15209 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15210 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15211 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15212 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15214 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15216 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15217 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15219 \(fn)" nil nil)
15221 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15222 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15223 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15224 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15226 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15228 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15229 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15230 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15231 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15232 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15233 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15235 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15237 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15238 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15239 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15240 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15241 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15243 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15244 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15245 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15247 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15249 ;;;***
15251 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-as-text image-minor-mode
15252 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (20656 44218 805102
15253 ;;;;;; 0))
15254 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15256 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15257 Major mode for image files.
15258 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15259 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15261 \(fn)" t nil)
15263 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15264 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15265 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15266 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15267 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15269 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15270 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15271 actual image.
15273 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15275 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15276 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15277 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15278 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15279 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15280 to display an image file as the actual image.
15282 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15283 to display an image file as text initially.
15285 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15286 on these modes.
15288 \(fn)" t nil)
15290 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15293 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15295 ;;;***
15297 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15298 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (20644 53049 326201
15299 ;;;;;; 0))
15300 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15302 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15303 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15305 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15307 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15308 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15309 in the buffer.
15311 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15313 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15314 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15315 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15317 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15319 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15320 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15321 Each element of this list should have the form
15323 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15325 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15326 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15327 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15328 matches are put).
15329 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15330 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15331 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15332 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15333 another element.
15334 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15335 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15336 the menu item.
15337 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15338 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15339 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15340 the ARGUMENTS.
15342 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15343 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15344 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15346 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15347 create a buffer index.
15349 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15350 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15351 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15352 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15353 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15355 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15357 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15358 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15360 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15361 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15362 called within a `save-excursion'.
15364 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15366 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15368 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15369 Function for finding the next index position.
15371 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15372 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15373 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15374 file.
15376 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15377 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15379 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15381 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15382 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15384 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15385 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15386 It should return the name for that index item.")
15388 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15390 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15391 Function to compare string with index item.
15393 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15394 non-nil if they match.
15396 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15397 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15398 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15399 arguments match\".")
15401 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15403 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15404 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15405 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15407 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15408 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15410 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15412 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15414 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15415 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15416 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15417 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15419 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15421 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15422 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15424 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15426 \(fn)" t nil)
15428 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15429 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15430 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15431 for more information.
15433 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15435 ;;;***
15437 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15438 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15439 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
15440 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15442 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15443 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15445 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15447 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15450 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15452 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15455 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15457 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15460 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15462 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15463 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15465 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15467 ;;;***
15469 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
15470 ;;;;;; (20584 7212 455152 0))
15471 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15473 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15474 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15475 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15476 to that buffer.
15477 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15478 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15479 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15480 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15482 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15484 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15486 ;;;***
15488 ;;;### (autoloads (info-display-manual Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser
15489 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node Info-goto-emacs-command-node
15490 ;;;;;; Info-mode info-finder info-apropos Info-index Info-directory
15491 ;;;;;; Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-bug info-emacs-manual
15492 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (20648 50109 802321
15493 ;;;;;; 0))
15494 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15496 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15497 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15498 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15499 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15500 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15501 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15502 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15503 first in this list.
15505 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15506 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15507 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15508 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15509 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15511 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15512 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15513 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15515 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15516 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15518 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15519 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15521 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15522 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15523 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15524 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15525 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15526 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15527 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15528 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15529 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15530 with the top-level Info directory.
15532 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15533 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15534 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15535 appended to the Info buffer name.
15537 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15538 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15539 in all the directories in that path.
15541 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15543 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15545 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15546 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15548 \(fn)" t nil)
15550 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15551 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15553 \(fn)" t nil)
15555 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15556 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15557 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15558 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15560 \(fn)" nil nil)
15562 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15563 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15564 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15565 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15567 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15569 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15570 Go to the Info directory node.
15572 \(fn)" t nil)
15574 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15575 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15576 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15577 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15578 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15579 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15581 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15583 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15584 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15585 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15587 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15589 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15590 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15591 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15592 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15593 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15595 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15597 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15598 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15599 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15600 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15601 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15603 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15604 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15606 Selecting other nodes:
15607 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15608 Follow a node reference you click on.
15609 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15610 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15611 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15612 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15613 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15614 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15615 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15616 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15617 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15618 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15619 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15620 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15621 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15622 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15623 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15624 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15625 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15626 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15627 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15628 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15630 Moving within a node:
15631 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15632 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15633 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15634 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15635 move up to the parent node.
15636 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15637 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15638 if there is none.
15639 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15641 Advanced commands:
15642 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15643 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15644 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15645 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15646 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15647 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15648 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15649 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15650 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15651 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15652 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15653 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15654 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15655 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15656 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15657 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15659 \(fn)" t nil)
15660 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15662 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15663 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15664 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15665 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15666 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15667 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15669 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15670 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15672 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15673 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15674 KEY is a string.
15675 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15676 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15677 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15678 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15680 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15682 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15683 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15684 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15686 \(fn)" t nil)
15688 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15689 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15690 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15692 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15694 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15695 Go to Info buffer that displays MANUAL, creating it if none already exists.
15697 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15699 ;;;***
15701 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15702 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15703 ;;;;;; (20474 44971 970015 0))
15704 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15706 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15707 Throw away all cached data.
15708 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15709 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15710 system.
15712 \(fn)" t nil)
15713 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15715 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15716 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15717 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15718 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15719 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15720 one found at point.
15722 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15724 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15725 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15727 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15728 Display the documentation of a file.
15729 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15730 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15731 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15732 The default file name is the one found at point.
15734 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15736 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15738 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15739 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15741 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15743 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15744 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15746 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15748 ;;;***
15750 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-docstrings info-xref-check-all-custom
15751 ;;;;;; info-xref-check-all info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el"
15752 ;;;;;; (20476 31768 298871 0))
15753 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15755 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15756 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15757 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15758 current info file is the default.
15760 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15761 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15762 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15763 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15764 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15766 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15767 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15768 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15769 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15770 mistake in the reference.
15772 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15773 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15774 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15776 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15777 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15778 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15779 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15781 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15783 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15784 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15785 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15786 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15787 checked.
15789 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15790 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15791 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15792 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15793 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15794 should be harmless.
15796 \(fn)" t nil)
15798 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15799 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15800 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15801 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15803 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15804 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15805 and can take a long time.
15807 \(fn)" t nil)
15809 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15810 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15811 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15813 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15815 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15816 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15818 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15819 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15820 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15821 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15822 all builtins).
15824 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15825 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15826 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15827 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15828 the sources handy.
15830 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15832 ;;;***
15834 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
15835 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (20355 10021 546955
15836 ;;;;;; 0))
15837 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15839 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15840 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15842 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15844 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15845 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15847 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15849 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15850 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15851 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15852 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15854 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15855 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15856 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15858 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15859 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15860 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15861 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15863 \(fn)" t nil)
15865 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15866 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15867 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15869 \(fn)" t nil)
15871 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15872 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15873 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15874 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15875 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15877 \(fn)" nil nil)
15879 ;;;***
15881 ;;;### (autoloads (inversion-require-emacs) "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el"
15882 ;;;;;; (20590 45996 129575 0))
15883 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15885 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
15886 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15887 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15889 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
15891 ;;;***
15893 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15894 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15895 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
15896 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15898 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15899 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15901 \(fn)" t nil)
15903 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15904 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15906 \(fn)" t nil)
15908 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15911 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15913 ;;;***
15915 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (20355
15916 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
15917 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15919 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15920 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15921 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15922 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15923 accessed via isearchb.
15925 \(fn)" t nil)
15927 ;;;***
15929 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15930 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15931 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15932 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
15933 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15935 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15936 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15937 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15938 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15939 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15941 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15943 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15944 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15945 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15946 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15947 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15949 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15951 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15952 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15953 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15954 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15955 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15957 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15959 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15960 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15961 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15962 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15963 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15965 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15967 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15968 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15969 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15970 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15971 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15973 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15975 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15976 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15977 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15978 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15979 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15981 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15983 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15984 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15985 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15986 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15987 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15989 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15991 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15992 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15993 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15994 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15996 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15998 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15999 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16000 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16001 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16003 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16005 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16006 Warn that format is read-only.
16008 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16010 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16011 Warn that format is write-only.
16013 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16015 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16016 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16018 \(fn)" t nil)
16020 ;;;***
16022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16023 ;;;;;; (20486 36135 22104 0))
16024 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16025 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16026 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16028 ;;;***
16030 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
16031 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer-with-debug
16032 ;;;;;; ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary
16033 ;;;;;; ispell-kill-ispell ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word
16034 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
16035 ;;;;;; (20634 17206 740185 0))
16036 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16038 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16040 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16041 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16042 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16043 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16044 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16046 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16048 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16050 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16051 Key map for ispell menu.")
16053 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16054 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16055 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16056 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16058 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16060 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16062 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16064 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16066 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16067 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16068 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16069 Valid forms include:
16070 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16071 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16072 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16073 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16075 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16076 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16077 First list is used raw.
16078 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16080 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16081 for skipping in latex mode.")
16083 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16084 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16085 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16086 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16087 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16088 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16089 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16091 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16092 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16093 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16094 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16096 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16097 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16098 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16099 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16100 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16102 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16103 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16105 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16106 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16108 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16109 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16111 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16112 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16114 Return values:
16115 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16116 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16117 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16118 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16119 quit spell session exited.
16121 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16123 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16124 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16125 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16127 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16129 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16130 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16132 Selections are:
16134 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16135 SPC: Accept word this time.
16136 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16137 `a': Accept word for this session.
16138 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16139 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16140 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16141 `?': Show these commands.
16142 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16143 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16144 the aborted check to be completed later.
16145 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16146 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16147 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16148 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16149 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16150 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16151 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16153 \(fn)" nil nil)
16155 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16156 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16157 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16158 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16160 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16162 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16163 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16164 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16165 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16167 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16169 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16171 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16172 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16173 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16174 amount for last line processed.
16176 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16178 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16179 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16181 \(fn)" t nil)
16183 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16184 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16186 \(fn)" t nil)
16188 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16189 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16190 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16192 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16194 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16195 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16197 \(fn)" t nil)
16199 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16200 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16201 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16202 sequence inside of a word.
16204 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16206 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16208 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16209 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16211 \(fn)" t nil)
16213 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16214 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16215 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16216 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16218 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16219 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16220 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16221 available on the net.
16223 \(fn)" t nil)
16225 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16226 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16227 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16228 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16229 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16231 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16232 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16233 spelled.
16235 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16236 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16237 SPC.
16239 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16240 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16242 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16244 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16245 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16246 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16247 Don't check included messages.
16249 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16250 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16251 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16253 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16254 in your init file:
16255 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16256 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16257 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16258 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16260 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16261 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16262 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16264 \(fn)" t nil)
16266 ;;;***
16268 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (20577
16269 ;;;;;; 33959 40183 0))
16270 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16272 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16273 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16274 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16275 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16276 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16277 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16279 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
16281 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
16282 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
16283 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iswitchb mode if ARG is
16284 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16285 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16287 Iswitchb mode is a global minor mode that enables switching
16288 between buffers using substrings. See `iswitchb' for details.
16290 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16292 ;;;***
16294 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16295 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16296 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16297 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (20355 10021 546955
16298 ;;;;;; 0))
16299 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16301 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16304 \(fn)" nil nil)
16306 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16307 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16308 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16309 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16310 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16311 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16312 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16313 necessary to represent OBJ.
16315 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16317 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16318 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16319 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16320 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16322 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16324 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16325 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16326 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16327 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16328 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16330 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16332 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16333 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16334 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16335 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16337 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16339 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16340 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16341 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16342 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16344 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16346 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16347 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16349 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16351 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16352 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16353 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16354 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16355 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16357 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16359 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16360 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16361 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16362 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16363 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16365 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16367 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16368 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16369 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16371 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16373 ;;;***
16375 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16376 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
16377 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16379 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16380 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16381 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16382 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16384 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16387 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16389 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16390 Uninstall jka-compr.
16391 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16392 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16393 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16395 \(fn)" nil nil)
16397 ;;;***
16399 ;;;### (autoloads (js-mode) "js" "progmodes/js.el" (20665 59189 799105
16400 ;;;;;; 0))
16401 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16403 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16404 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16406 \(fn)" t nil)
16408 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16410 ;;;***
16412 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16413 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16414 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
16415 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16417 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16418 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16419 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16420 decimal key must be specified.")
16422 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16424 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16425 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16426 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16427 decimal key must be specified.")
16429 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16431 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16432 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16433 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16434 decimal key must be specified.")
16436 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16438 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16439 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16440 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16441 decimal key must be specified.")
16443 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16445 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16446 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16447 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16448 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16449 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16450 keys are bound.
16452 Setup Binding
16453 -------------------------------------------------------------
16454 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16455 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16456 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16457 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16458 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16459 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16460 in the global and local keymaps.
16462 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16463 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16465 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16467 ;;;***
16469 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16470 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
16471 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16473 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16474 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16475 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16477 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16478 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16479 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16480 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16481 shorter.
16483 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16484 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16485 the context of text formatting.
16487 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16489 ;;;***
16491 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (20355
16492 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
16493 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16495 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16496 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16497 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16498 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16499 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16500 positions that contains the current selection.")
16502 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16503 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16504 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16505 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16506 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16507 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16508 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16510 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16512 ;;;***
16514 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16515 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16516 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
16517 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (20471 22929 875294 592000))
16518 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16519 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16520 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16521 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16522 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16523 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16524 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16525 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16527 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16528 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16530 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16532 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16533 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16534 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16535 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16536 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16538 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16540 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16541 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16542 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16544 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16545 defining the macro.
16547 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16548 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16549 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16551 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16552 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16554 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16556 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16557 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16558 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16559 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16560 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16561 under that name.
16563 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16564 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16565 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16567 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16569 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16570 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16571 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16573 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16574 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16575 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16576 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16578 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16579 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16581 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16583 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16584 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16585 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16587 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16588 macro.
16590 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16591 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16593 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16594 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16595 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16597 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16598 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16600 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16602 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16603 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16604 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16605 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16607 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16609 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16610 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16611 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16612 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16614 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16615 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16617 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16619 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16620 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16621 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16623 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16625 ;;;***
16627 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16628 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (20501 3499 284800 0))
16629 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16631 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16632 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16633 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16635 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16638 \(fn)" nil nil)
16640 ;;;***
16642 ;;;### (autoloads (landmark landmark-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16643 ;;;;;; (20545 57511 257469 0))
16644 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16646 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16648 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16649 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16651 \(fn)" t nil)
16653 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16654 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16655 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16656 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16658 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16659 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16660 none / 1 | yes | no
16661 2 | yes | yes
16662 3 | no | yes
16663 4 | no | no
16665 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16666 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16667 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16669 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16671 ;;;***
16673 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
16674 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
16675 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
16676 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16678 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16681 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16683 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16684 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16685 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16686 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16687 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16688 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16690 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16691 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16693 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16695 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16696 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16698 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16700 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16703 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16705 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16708 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16710 ;;;***
16712 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16713 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16714 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (20355 10021 546955
16715 ;;;;;; 0))
16716 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16718 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16719 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16720 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16721 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16723 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16725 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16726 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16727 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16729 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16731 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16732 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16733 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16735 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16737 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16738 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16739 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16740 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16742 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16744 ;;;***
16746 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16747 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (20577 33959
16748 ;;;;;; 40183 0))
16749 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16751 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16752 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16753 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16754 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16755 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16756 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16757 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16758 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16760 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16761 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16763 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16764 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16766 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16768 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16769 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16770 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16771 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16772 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16773 `latin1-display-setup'.
16775 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16777 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16778 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16779 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16780 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16782 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16783 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16785 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16787 ;;;***
16789 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16790 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
16791 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16793 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16794 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16796 \(fn)" t nil)
16798 ;;;***
16800 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (20545 57511 257469
16801 ;;;;;; 0))
16802 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16804 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16805 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16806 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16807 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16808 generations (this defaults to 1).
16810 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16812 ;;;***
16814 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode) "linum" "linum.el"
16815 ;;;;;; (20580 10161 446444 0))
16816 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16818 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16819 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16820 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16821 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16822 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16824 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16828 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16829 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16830 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16831 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16832 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16833 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16835 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16837 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16838 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16839 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16840 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16841 ARG is omitted or nil.
16843 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16844 `linum-on' would do it.
16845 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16849 ;;;***
16851 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (20476
16852 ;;;;;; 31768 298871 0))
16853 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16855 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16856 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16857 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16858 is nil, raise an error.
16860 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16861 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16862 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16863 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16864 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16865 defined by the library.
16867 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16868 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16869 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16870 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16871 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16872 proceeds.
16874 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16875 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16876 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16877 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16879 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16881 ;;;***
16883 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16884 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
16885 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16887 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16888 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16889 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16891 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16893 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16894 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16895 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16896 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16898 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16899 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16900 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16901 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16902 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16903 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16904 the version.)
16906 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16907 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16909 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16910 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16912 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16913 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16915 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16917 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16918 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16919 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16920 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16921 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16922 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16923 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16924 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16925 to constrain a big search.
16927 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16929 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16930 except that FILTER is not optional.
16932 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16934 ;;;***
16936 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (20586 48936
16937 ;;;;;; 135199 0))
16938 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16940 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16941 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16942 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
16943 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
16944 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
16945 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
16946 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
16947 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
16948 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
16949 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16951 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
16952 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
16953 associated values:
16954 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16955 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16956 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16957 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16958 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
16960 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
16961 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
16962 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
16964 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16966 ;;;***
16968 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (20515
16969 ;;;;;; 36389 544939 0))
16970 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16972 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16973 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16975 \(fn)" t nil)
16977 ;;;***
16979 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (20664
16980 ;;;;;; 38325 385623 0))
16981 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16983 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
16984 Toggle Long Lines mode in this buffer.
16985 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Long Lines mode if ARG is
16986 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16987 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16989 When Long Lines mode is enabled, long lines are wrapped if they
16990 extend beyond `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line
16991 wrapping will not show up when the text is yanked or saved to
16992 disk.
16994 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are
16995 automatically wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can
16996 always call `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16998 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard
16999 newlines are indicated with a symbol.
17001 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17003 ;;;***
17005 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
17006 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (20476
17007 ;;;;;; 31768 298871 0))
17008 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17010 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
17011 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
17013 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
17014 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
17016 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
17017 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17018 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17020 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17021 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17023 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17024 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17025 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17026 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17027 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17028 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17029 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17031 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17033 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17034 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17035 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17036 switch on this list.
17037 See `lpr-command'.")
17039 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17041 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17042 Name of program for printing a file.
17044 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17045 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17046 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17047 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17048 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17049 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17050 argument.")
17052 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17054 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17055 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17056 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17057 for customization of the printer command.
17059 \(fn)" t nil)
17061 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17062 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17064 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17065 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17066 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17067 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17069 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17070 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17072 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17073 for further customization of the printer command.
17075 \(fn)" t nil)
17077 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17078 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17079 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17080 for customization of the printer command.
17082 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17084 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17085 Paginate and print the region contents.
17087 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17088 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17089 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17090 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17092 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17093 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17095 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17096 for further customization of the printer command.
17098 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17100 ;;;***
17102 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17103 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
17104 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17106 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17107 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17108 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17110 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17112 ;;;***
17114 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (20566
17115 ;;;;;; 63671 243798 0))
17116 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17118 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17119 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17120 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17121 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17123 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17125 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17127 ;;;***
17129 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (20665
17130 ;;;;;; 59189 799105 0))
17131 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17133 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17134 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17136 \(fn)" t nil)
17138 ;;;***
17140 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17141 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (20355 10021 546955
17142 ;;;;;; 0))
17143 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17145 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17146 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17147 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17148 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17149 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17151 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17153 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17154 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17155 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17156 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17158 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17159 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17160 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17161 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17162 bindings.
17164 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17165 use this command, and then save the file.
17167 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17169 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17170 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17171 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17172 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17173 each time the macro executes.
17174 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17175 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17176 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17177 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17178 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17179 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17180 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17182 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17184 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17185 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17186 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17187 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17189 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17190 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17191 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17192 execute.
17194 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17195 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17197 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17198 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17199 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17200 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17201 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17203 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17204 looked like this:
17206 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17207 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17208 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17210 You could enter the names in this format:
17216 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17218 \\C-x (
17219 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17220 \\C-x )
17222 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17223 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17225 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17226 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17228 ;;;***
17230 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17231 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
17232 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17234 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17235 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17236 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17237 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17238 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17239 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17241 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17242 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17243 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17244 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17245 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17247 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17248 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17249 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17250 consing a string.)
17252 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17254 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17255 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17257 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17259 ;;;***
17261 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17262 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17263 ;;;;;; (20566 63671 243798 0))
17264 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17266 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17267 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17269 \(fn)" nil nil)
17271 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17274 \(fn)" nil nil)
17276 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17277 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17279 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17281 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17282 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17283 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17284 message.
17286 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17288 \(fn)" nil nil)
17290 ;;;***
17292 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17293 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
17294 ;;;;;; mail-file-babyl-p mail-dont-reply-to-names mail-use-rfc822)
17295 ;;;;;; "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
17296 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17298 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17299 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17300 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17301 often correct parser.")
17303 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17305 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17306 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17307 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17308 a value which excludes your own email address.
17310 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17311 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17313 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17315 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17316 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17318 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17320 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17321 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17322 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17323 we return it unconverted.
17325 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17326 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17328 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17330 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17331 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17332 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17333 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17335 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17337 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17338 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17339 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17340 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17342 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17344 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17345 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17346 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17347 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17348 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17349 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17350 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17351 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17352 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17353 as Rmail does.
17355 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17357 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17358 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17359 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17360 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17361 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17362 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17363 matches may be returned from the message body.
17365 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17367 ;;;***
17369 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
17370 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (20566
17371 ;;;;;; 63671 243798 0))
17372 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17374 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17375 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17376 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17377 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17378 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17379 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17381 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17383 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17384 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17385 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17386 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17387 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17389 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17390 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17391 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17392 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17394 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17396 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17397 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17399 \(fn)" nil nil)
17401 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17402 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17403 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17405 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17407 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17408 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17409 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17411 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17412 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17413 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17414 double-quotes.
17416 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17418 ;;;***
17420 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete mail-completion-at-point-function
17421 ;;;;;; define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases mail-complete-style)
17422 ;;;;;; "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (20577 33959 40183 0))
17423 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17425 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17426 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17427 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17428 king@grassland.com
17429 If `parens', they look like:
17430 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17431 If `angles', they look like:
17432 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17434 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17436 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17437 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17438 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17439 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17440 their `Resent-' variants.
17442 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17443 removed from alias expansions.
17445 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17447 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17448 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17449 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17451 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17452 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17453 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17454 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17456 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17458 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17459 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17460 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17462 \(fn)" nil nil)
17464 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17465 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17466 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17467 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17469 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17471 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function "24.1")
17473 ;;;***
17475 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17476 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
17477 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17479 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17480 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17481 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17482 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17484 \(fn)" nil nil)
17486 ;;;***
17488 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17489 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17490 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (20665 59189 799105
17491 ;;;;;; 0))
17492 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17494 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17495 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17497 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17498 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17499 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17500 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17501 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17502 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17504 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17505 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17506 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17507 dependency, despite the colon.
17509 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17511 In the browser, use the following keys:
17513 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17515 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17517 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17518 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17520 `makefile-target-colon':
17521 The string that gets appended to all target names
17522 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17523 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17525 `makefile-macro-assign':
17526 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17527 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17528 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17529 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17530 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17531 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17533 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17534 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17535 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17537 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17538 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17540 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17541 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17542 up or down in the browser.
17544 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17545 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17547 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17548 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17550 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17551 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17552 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17553 has been selected in the browser.
17555 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17556 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17557 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17558 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17559 filenames are omitted.
17561 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17562 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17563 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17564 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17565 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17566 the backslash itself intact.
17567 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17568 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17570 `makefile-browser-hook':
17571 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17572 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17574 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17575 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17576 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17577 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17579 \(fn)" t nil)
17581 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17582 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17584 \(fn)" t nil)
17586 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17587 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17589 \(fn)" t nil)
17591 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17592 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17594 \(fn)" t nil)
17596 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17597 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17599 \(fn)" t nil)
17601 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17602 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17604 \(fn)" t nil)
17606 ;;;***
17608 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (20355
17609 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
17610 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17612 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17613 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17614 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17616 \(fn)" t nil)
17618 ;;;***
17620 ;;;### (autoloads (Man-bookmark-jump man-follow man) "man" "man.el"
17621 ;;;;;; (20523 62082 997685 0))
17622 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17624 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17626 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17627 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17628 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
17629 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17630 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17631 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17632 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
17633 page, it will display immediately.
17635 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17636 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17637 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17639 cat(1)
17640 1 cat
17642 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17643 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17644 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17645 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17647 -a chmod
17649 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17650 otherwise look like a page name.
17652 /my/file/name.1.gz
17653 -l somefile.1
17655 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17656 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17657 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17659 -k pattern
17661 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17663 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17664 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17666 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17668 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17669 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17671 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17673 ;;;***
17675 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (20355 10021
17676 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
17677 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17679 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17680 Toggle Master mode.
17681 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17682 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17683 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17685 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17686 using the following commands:
17688 \\{master-mode-map}
17690 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17691 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17692 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17694 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17696 ;;;***
17698 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
17699 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
17700 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17702 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17703 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17704 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17705 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17706 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17707 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17709 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17711 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17712 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17713 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17714 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17715 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17717 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17718 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17719 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17720 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17722 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17724 ;;;***
17726 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
17727 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17728 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17729 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17730 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17731 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
17732 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (20650 54512 564403 0))
17733 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17735 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17737 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17738 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17739 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17740 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17741 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17742 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17743 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17744 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17745 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17746 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17747 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17748 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17749 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17750 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17751 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17752 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17753 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17754 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17755 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17756 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17757 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17758 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17759 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17760 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17761 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17762 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17763 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17764 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17765 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17766 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17767 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17768 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17769 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17770 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17771 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17772 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17773 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17774 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17776 \(fn)" t nil)
17778 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17779 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17780 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17781 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17782 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17784 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17786 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17787 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17789 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17791 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17792 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17794 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17796 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17797 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17799 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17801 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17802 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17803 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17805 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17807 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17808 Cancel an article you posted.
17809 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17811 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17813 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17814 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17815 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17816 header line with the old Message-ID.
17818 \(fn)" t nil)
17820 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17821 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17823 \(fn)" t nil)
17825 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17826 Forward the current message via mail.
17827 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17828 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17830 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17832 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17835 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17837 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17840 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17842 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17843 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17845 \(fn)" t nil)
17847 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17848 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17850 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17852 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17853 Re-mail the current message.
17854 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17855 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17856 you.
17858 \(fn)" t nil)
17860 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17861 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17863 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17865 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17866 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17868 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17870 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17871 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17873 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17875 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17876 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17878 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17880 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17881 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17882 Works by overstriking characters.
17883 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17884 which specify the range to operate on.
17886 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17888 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17889 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17890 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17891 which specify the range to operate on.
17893 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17895 ;;;***
17897 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17898 ;;;;;; (20399 35365 4050 0))
17899 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17901 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17902 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17904 \(fn)" t nil)
17906 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17907 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17909 \(fn)" t nil)
17911 ;;;***
17913 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17914 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17915 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
17916 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17918 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17919 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17920 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17922 \(fn)" t nil)
17924 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17925 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17926 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17927 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17928 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17929 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17930 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17932 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17934 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17935 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17936 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17937 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17938 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17939 means current).
17940 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17941 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17943 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17945 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17946 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17947 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17948 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17949 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17950 means current).
17951 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17952 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17954 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17956 ;;;***
17958 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17959 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17960 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (20659 20411 59719 0))
17961 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17963 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17964 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17965 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17967 \(fn)" t nil)
17969 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17970 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17971 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17973 \(fn)" t nil)
17975 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17976 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17978 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17979 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17980 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17982 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17983 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17985 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17986 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17988 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17990 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17992 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17993 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17994 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17995 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17996 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17997 as `compose-mail'.
17999 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18000 initial Subject field, respectively.
18002 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18003 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18004 are strings.
18006 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
18007 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
18009 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18011 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18012 Save draft and send message.
18014 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18015 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18016 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18017 Mail Delivery*\".
18019 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18020 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18021 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18023 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18024 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18025 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18026 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18027 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18028 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18030 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18031 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18033 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18034 message and scan line.
18036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18038 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18039 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18041 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18042 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18043 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18044 delete the draft message.
18046 \(fn)" t nil)
18048 ;;;***
18050 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (20659 20411
18051 ;;;;;; 59719 0))
18052 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18054 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18056 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18058 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18060 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18061 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18063 \(fn)" t nil)
18065 ;;;***
18067 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
18068 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (20659 20411 59719 0))
18069 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18071 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18072 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18073 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18075 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18076 the MH mail system.
18078 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18080 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18081 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18082 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18084 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18085 the MH mail system.
18087 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18089 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18090 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18092 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18093 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18094 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18095 separate command.
18097 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18098 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18099 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18100 format.
18102 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18104 Ranges
18105 ======
18106 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18107 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18108 can be used in several ways.
18110 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18111 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18112 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18113 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18114 page):
18116 <num1>-<num2>
18117 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18118 The range must be nonempty.
18120 <num>:N
18121 <num>:+N
18122 <num>:-N
18123 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18124 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18125 last.
18127 first:N
18128 prev:N
18129 next:N
18130 last:N
18131 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18134 All of the messages.
18136 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18137 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18139 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18140 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18141 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18143 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18145 \(fn)" t nil)
18147 ;;;***
18149 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18150 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (20478 3673 653810 0))
18151 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18153 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18154 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18155 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18156 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18157 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18158 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18159 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18160 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18161 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18162 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18163 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18165 \(fn)" t nil)
18167 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18168 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18169 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18170 to its second argument TM.
18172 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18174 ;;;***
18176 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18177 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (20639 35129 235843 0))
18178 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18180 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18181 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18182 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18183 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18184 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18185 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18187 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18189 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18190 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18191 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18192 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18193 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18195 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18196 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18197 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18198 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18199 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18200 is modified to remove the default indication.
18202 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18204 ;;;***
18206 ;;;### (autoloads (list-dynamic-libraries butterfly) "misc" "misc.el"
18207 ;;;;;; (20533 5993 500881 0))
18208 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18210 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18211 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18212 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18213 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18214 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18215 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18216 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18217 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18218 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18220 \(fn)" t nil)
18222 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18223 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18224 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18225 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18226 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18227 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18228 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18229 The return value is always nil.
18231 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18233 ;;;***
18235 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
18236 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
18237 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (20490 33188 850375 0))
18238 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18239 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18241 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18242 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18244 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18245 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18246 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18247 next occurrence.
18249 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18250 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18251 end of the search space).
18253 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18254 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18255 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18256 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18257 should return the previous buffer to search.
18259 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18260 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18261 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18263 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18264 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18265 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18266 Isearch starts.")
18268 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18269 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18270 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18272 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18273 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18274 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18276 \(fn)" nil nil)
18278 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18279 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18280 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18281 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18282 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18283 whose names match the specified regexp.
18285 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18287 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18288 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18289 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18290 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18291 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18292 whose names match the specified regexp.
18294 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18296 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18297 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18298 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18299 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18300 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18301 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18302 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18304 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18306 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18307 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18308 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18309 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18310 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18311 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18312 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18314 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18316 ;;;***
18318 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18319 ;;;;;; (20566 63671 243798 0))
18320 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18322 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18323 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18325 \(fn)" t nil)
18327 ;;;***
18329 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-default-file-encoding) "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
18330 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
18331 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18333 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18334 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18336 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18338 ;;;***
18340 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18341 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
18342 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18344 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18345 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18347 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18349 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18350 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18351 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18352 the entire message.
18353 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18355 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18357 ;;;***
18359 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18360 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
18361 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18363 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18364 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18365 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18366 the entire message.
18367 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18369 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18371 ;;;***
18373 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18374 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (20495 51111 757560 0))
18375 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18377 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18378 Insert file contents of URL.
18379 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18381 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18383 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18384 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18386 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18388 ;;;***
18390 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18391 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
18392 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18394 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18395 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18396 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18397 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18398 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18400 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18402 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18403 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18404 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18406 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18408 ;;;***
18410 ;;;### (autoloads (mml-attach-file mml-to-mime) "mml" "gnus/mml.el"
18411 ;;;;;; (20567 23165 75548 0))
18412 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18414 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18415 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18417 \(fn)" nil nil)
18419 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18420 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18421 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18422 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18423 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18425 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18426 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18427 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18428 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18429 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18430 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18432 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18434 ;;;***
18436 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18437 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
18438 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18440 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18443 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18445 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18448 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18450 ;;;***
18452 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18453 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18454 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
18455 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18457 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18460 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18462 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18465 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18467 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18470 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18472 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18475 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18477 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18480 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18482 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18485 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18487 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18490 \(fn)" nil nil)
18492 ;;;***
18494 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (20406 8611
18495 ;;;;;; 875037 0))
18496 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18498 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18500 ;;;***
18502 ;;;### (autoloads (m2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (20355
18503 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
18504 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18506 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18508 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18509 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18510 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18511 followed by the first character of the construct.
18512 \\<m2-mode-map>
18513 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18514 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18515 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18516 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18517 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18518 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18519 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18520 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18521 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18522 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18523 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18524 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18525 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18526 \\[m2-link] link
18528 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18529 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18530 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18532 \(fn)" t nil)
18534 ;;;***
18536 ;;;### (autoloads (denato-region nato-region unmorse-region morse-region)
18537 ;;;;;; "morse" "play/morse.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
18538 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18540 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18541 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18543 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18545 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18546 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18548 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18550 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18551 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18553 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18555 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18556 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18558 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18560 ;;;***
18562 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
18563 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
18564 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18566 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18567 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18569 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18570 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18571 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18573 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18574 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18575 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18577 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18578 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18580 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18581 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18582 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18583 hemisphere you're in.)
18585 To test this function, evaluate:
18586 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18588 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18590 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18591 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18593 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18594 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18596 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18597 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18598 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18600 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18601 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18603 To test this function, evaluate:
18604 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18606 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18608 ;;;***
18610 ;;;### (autoloads (mpc) "mpc" "mpc.el" (20523 62082 997685 0))
18611 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18613 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18614 Main entry point for MPC.
18616 \(fn)" t nil)
18618 ;;;***
18620 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (20545 57511 257469
18621 ;;;;;; 0))
18622 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18624 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18625 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18627 \(fn)" t nil)
18629 ;;;***
18631 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (20476 31768 298871 0))
18632 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18634 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18635 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18636 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18637 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18638 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18639 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18641 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18643 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18644 Toggle Msb mode.
18645 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18646 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18647 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18649 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18650 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18652 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18654 ;;;***
18656 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
18657 ;;;;;; describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18658 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18659 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18660 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18661 ;;;;;; (20577 33959 40183 0))
18662 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18664 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18665 Display a list of all character sets.
18667 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18668 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18669 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18670 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18671 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18673 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18674 but still shows the full information.
18676 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18678 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18679 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18680 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18682 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18683 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18684 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18685 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18686 meanings of these arguments.
18688 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18690 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18691 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18693 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18695 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18696 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18698 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18700 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18701 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18703 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18705 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18706 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18708 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18709 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18710 in place of `..':
18711 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18712 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18713 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18714 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18715 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18716 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18717 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18718 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18719 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18720 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18721 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18722 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18723 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18724 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18725 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18726 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18728 \(fn)" t nil)
18730 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18731 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18733 \(fn)" t nil)
18735 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18736 Display a list of all coding systems.
18737 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18739 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18740 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18742 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18744 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18745 Display a list of all coding categories.
18747 \(fn)" nil nil)
18749 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18750 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18751 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18753 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18755 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18756 Display information about FONTSET.
18757 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18759 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18761 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18762 Display a list of all fontsets.
18763 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18764 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18765 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18767 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18769 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18770 Display information about all input methods.
18772 \(fn)" t nil)
18774 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18775 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18777 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18778 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18779 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18780 system which uses fontsets).
18782 \(fn)" t nil)
18784 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18785 Show log of font listing and opening.
18786 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18787 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18789 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18791 ;;;***
18793 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18794 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18795 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18796 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18797 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
18798 ;;;;;; (20577 33959 40183 0))
18799 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18801 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18802 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18804 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18805 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18807 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18808 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18810 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18812 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18813 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18814 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18815 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18816 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18817 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18818 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18820 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18821 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18822 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18823 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18824 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18825 middle of a character in STR.
18827 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18828 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18830 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18831 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18832 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18833 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18834 defaults to \"...\".
18836 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18838 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18839 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18841 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18842 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18843 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18845 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18846 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18847 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18849 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18850 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18851 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18852 are considered.
18853 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18854 longer than KEYSEQ.
18855 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18857 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18859 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18860 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18861 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18862 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18863 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18864 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18865 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18866 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18867 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18868 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18869 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18871 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18873 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18874 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18876 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18878 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18879 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18881 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18883 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18884 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18886 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18888 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18889 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18891 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18893 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18894 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18895 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18896 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18897 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18899 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18900 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18902 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18903 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18904 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18905 coding systems ordered by priority.
18907 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18909 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority "23.1")
18911 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18912 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18913 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18914 language environment LANG-ENV.
18916 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18918 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18919 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18920 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18921 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18922 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18923 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18925 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18927 ;;;***
18929 ;;;### (autoloads (advice-member-p advice-remove advice-add advice--add-function
18930 ;;;;;; add-function advice--buffer-local advice--remove-function)
18931 ;;;;;; "nadvice" "emacs-lisp/nadvice.el" (20651 26294 774003 0))
18932 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/nadvice.el
18934 (autoload 'advice--remove-function "nadvice" "\
18937 \(fn FLIST FUNCTION)" nil nil)
18939 (autoload 'advice--buffer-local "nadvice" "\
18940 Buffer-local value of VAR, presumed to contain a function.
18942 \(fn VAR)" nil nil)
18944 (autoload 'add-function "nadvice" "\
18945 Add a piece of advice on the function stored at PLACE.
18946 FUNCTION describes the code to add. WHERE describes where to add it.
18947 WHERE can be explained by showing the resulting new function, as the
18948 result of combining FUNCTION and the previous value of PLACE, which we
18949 call OLDFUN here:
18950 `:before' (lambda (&rest r) (apply FUNCTION r) (apply OLDFUN r))
18951 `:after' (lambda (&rest r) (prog1 (apply OLDFUN r) (apply FUNCTION r)))
18952 `:around' (lambda (&rest r) (apply FUNCTION OLDFUN r))
18953 `:before-while' (lambda (&rest r) (and (apply FUNCTION r) (apply OLDFUN r)))
18954 `:before-until' (lambda (&rest r) (or (apply FUNCTION r) (apply OLDFUN r)))
18955 `:after-while' (lambda (&rest r) (and (apply OLDFUN r) (apply FUNCTION r)))
18956 `:after-until' (lambda (&rest r) (or (apply OLDFUN r) (apply FUNCTION r)))
18957 If FUNCTION was already added, do nothing.
18958 PROPS is an alist of additional properties, among which the following have
18959 a special meaning:
18960 - `name': a string or symbol. It can be used to refer to this piece of advice.
18962 PLACE cannot be a simple variable. Instead it should either be
18963 \(default-value 'VAR) or (local 'VAR) depending on whether FUNCTION
18964 should be applied to VAR buffer-locally or globally.
18966 If one of FUNCTION or OLDFUN is interactive, then the resulting function
18967 is also interactive. There are 3 cases:
18968 - FUNCTION is not interactive: the interactive spec of OLDFUN is used.
18969 - The interactive spec of FUNCTION is itself a function: it should take one
18970 argument (the interactive spec of OLDFUN, which it can pass to
18971 `advice-eval-interactive-spec') and return the list of arguments to use.
18972 - Else, use the interactive spec of FUNCTION and ignore the one of OLDFUN.
18974 \(fn WHERE PLACE FUNCTION &optional PROPS)" nil t)
18976 (autoload 'advice--add-function "nadvice" "\
18979 \(fn WHERE REF FUNCTION PROPS)" nil nil)
18981 (autoload 'advice-add "nadvice" "\
18982 Like `add-function' but for the function named SYMBOL.
18983 Contrary to `add-function', this will properly handle the cases where SYMBOL
18984 is defined as a macro, alias, command, ...
18986 \(fn SYMBOL WHERE FUNCTION &optional PROPS)" nil nil)
18988 (autoload 'advice-remove "nadvice" "\
18989 Like `remove-function' but for the function named SYMBOL.
18990 Contrary to `remove-function', this will work also when SYMBOL is a macro
18991 and it will not signal an error if SYMBOL is not `fboundp'.
18992 Instead of the actual function to remove, FUNCTION can also be the `name'
18993 of the piece of advice.
18995 \(fn SYMBOL FUNCTION)" nil nil)
18997 (autoload 'advice-member-p "nadvice" "\
18998 Return non-nil if ADVICE has been added to FUNCTION-NAME.
18999 Instead of ADVICE being the actual function, it can also be the `name'
19000 of the piece of advice.
19002 \(fn ADVICE FUNCTION-NAME)" nil nil)
19004 ;;;***
19006 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
19007 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
19008 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host ping traceroute route arp netstat
19009 ;;;;;; iwconfig ifconfig) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (20355
19010 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
19011 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
19013 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
19014 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
19016 \(fn)" t nil)
19018 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
19019 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
19021 \(fn)" t nil)
19023 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
19024 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
19026 \(fn)" t nil)
19028 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
19029 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
19031 \(fn)" t nil)
19033 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
19034 Run route and display diagnostic output.
19036 \(fn)" t nil)
19038 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
19039 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
19041 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
19043 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
19044 Ping HOST.
19045 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
19046 `ping-program-options'.
19048 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19050 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
19051 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
19053 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19055 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
19056 Run nslookup program.
19058 \(fn)" t nil)
19060 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
19061 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
19063 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19065 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
19066 Run dig program.
19068 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19070 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
19071 Run ftp program.
19073 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19075 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
19076 Finger USER on HOST.
19078 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19080 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19081 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19082 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19083 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19085 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19087 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19090 \(fn)" t nil)
19092 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19093 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19095 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19097 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19098 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19100 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19102 ;;;***
19104 ;;;### (autoloads (netrc-credentials) "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (20495
19105 ;;;;;; 51111 757560 0))
19106 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
19108 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19109 Return a user name/password pair.
19110 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19111 listed in the PORTS list.
19113 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19115 ;;;***
19117 ;;;### (autoloads (open-network-stream) "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el"
19118 ;;;;;; (20369 14251 85829 0))
19119 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19121 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19122 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19123 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19124 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19125 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19126 closes it.
19128 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19129 make it unique.
19130 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19131 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19132 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19133 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19134 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19135 a port number to connect to.
19137 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19138 values:
19140 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19141 nil or `network'
19142 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19143 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19144 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19145 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19146 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19147 an unencrypted connection.
19148 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19149 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19150 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19151 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19152 returned object is a killed process.
19153 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19154 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19155 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19157 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19158 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19159 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19160 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19161 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19162 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19163 or nil if none could be found.
19164 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19165 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19167 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19169 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19170 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19171 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19173 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19174 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19175 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19177 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19178 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19179 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19181 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19182 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19183 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19184 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19186 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19187 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19189 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19190 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19191 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
19192 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19193 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19194 or STARTTLS connections.
19196 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19197 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19199 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19200 asynchronously, if possible.
19202 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19204 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19206 ;;;***
19208 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
19209 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (20577 33959 40183 0))
19210 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19212 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19213 Check whether newsticker is running.
19214 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19215 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19217 \(fn)" nil nil)
19219 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19220 Start the newsticker.
19221 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19222 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19223 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19224 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19226 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19228 ;;;***
19230 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19231 ;;;;;; (20434 17809 692608 0))
19232 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19234 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19235 Start newsticker plainview.
19237 \(fn)" t nil)
19239 ;;;***
19241 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
19242 ;;;;;; (20434 17809 692608 0))
19243 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19245 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19246 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19248 \(fn)" t nil)
19250 ;;;***
19252 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
19253 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (20427 14766 970343
19254 ;;;;;; 0))
19255 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19257 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19258 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19259 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19260 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19261 empty.
19263 \(fn)" nil nil)
19265 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19266 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19267 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19268 running already.
19270 \(fn)" t nil)
19272 ;;;***
19274 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
19275 ;;;;;; (20590 45996 129575 0))
19276 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19278 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19279 Start newsticker treeview.
19281 \(fn)" t nil)
19283 ;;;***
19285 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19286 ;;;;;; (20614 54428 654267 0))
19287 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19289 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19290 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19292 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19294 ;;;***
19296 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (20355
19297 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
19298 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19300 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19301 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19302 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19303 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19304 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19305 symbol in the alist.
19307 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19309 ;;;***
19311 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19312 ;;;;;; (20458 56750 651721 0))
19313 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19315 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19316 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19317 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19319 \(fn)" t nil)
19321 ;;;***
19323 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19324 ;;;;;; (20458 56750 651721 0))
19325 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19327 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19328 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19330 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19332 ;;;***
19334 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19335 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
19336 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19338 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19340 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19341 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19342 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19344 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19347 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19349 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19350 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19351 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19352 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19353 to future sessions.
19355 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19357 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19358 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19359 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19360 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19361 future sessions.
19363 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19365 ;;;***
19367 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19368 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
19369 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19371 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19372 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19373 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19374 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19375 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19376 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19378 \(fn)" t nil)
19380 ;;;***
19382 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
19383 ;;;;;; (20523 62082 997685 0))
19384 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19386 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19387 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19388 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19389 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19391 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19393 ;;;***
19395 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (20478
19396 ;;;;;; 3673 653810 0))
19397 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19399 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19400 Major mode for editing XML.
19402 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19403 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19404 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19405 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19406 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19407 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19408 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19410 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19412 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19413 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19415 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19416 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19417 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19418 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19419 instead of C-c.
19421 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19422 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19423 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19424 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19425 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19426 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19428 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19429 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19430 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19432 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19433 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19434 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19436 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19437 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19438 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19439 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19440 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19441 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19442 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19443 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19444 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19446 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19448 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19449 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19451 \(fn)" t nil)
19453 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19455 ;;;***
19457 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
19458 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
19459 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19461 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19462 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19463 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19464 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19466 \(fn)" t nil)
19468 ;;;***
19470 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19471 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
19472 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19474 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
19475 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19476 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19478 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19480 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19481 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19483 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19484 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19485 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19487 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19489 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19491 ;;;***
19493 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19494 ;;;;;; (20566 63671 243798 0))
19495 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19497 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
19498 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19500 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19501 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19502 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19503 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19505 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19506 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19507 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19508 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19509 is why you need this mode!).
19511 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19512 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19513 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19515 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19517 Keybindings
19518 ===========
19520 \\{octave-mode-map}
19522 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19523 ==============================================
19525 `octave-blink-matching-block'
19526 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19527 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19529 `octave-block-offset'
19530 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19531 Default is 2.
19533 `octave-continuation-offset'
19534 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19535 Default is 4.
19537 `octave-continuation-string'
19538 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19539 Default is a backslash.
19541 `octave-send-echo-input'
19542 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19543 command to the inferior Octave process.
19545 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
19546 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19547 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19549 `octave-send-echo-input'
19550 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19552 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19554 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19555 following lines to your init file:
19557 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
19559 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
19560 add the following lines to your init file as well:
19562 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19563 (lambda ()
19564 (abbrev-mode 1)
19565 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
19567 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19568 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19569 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19570 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19572 \(fn)" t nil)
19574 ;;;***
19576 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-reload org-submit-bug-report
19577 ;;;;;; org-cycle-agenda-files org-switchb org-open-link-from-string
19578 ;;;;;; org-open-at-point-global org-insert-link-global org-store-link
19579 ;;;;;; org-run-like-in-org-mode turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct
19580 ;;;;;; orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode org-clock-persistence-insinuate
19581 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgtbl org-version org-babel-do-load-languages) "org"
19582 ;;;;;; "org/org.el" (20618 55210 422086 0))
19583 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19585 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19586 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19588 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19590 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19591 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19592 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19593 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19594 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19596 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19598 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19599 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19601 \(fn)" nil nil)
19603 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19604 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19606 \(fn)" nil nil)
19608 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19609 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19610 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19612 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19613 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19614 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19615 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19616 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19617 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19618 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19619 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19620 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19621 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19623 The following commands are available:
19625 \\{org-mode-map}
19627 \(fn)" t nil)
19629 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19630 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19632 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19633 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19634 in special contexts.
19636 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19637 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19638 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19639 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19640 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19641 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19642 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19643 properties in the buffer.
19644 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19645 including any drawers.
19647 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19649 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19650 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19651 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19652 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19653 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19654 and zoom in further.
19655 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19656 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19658 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19659 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19660 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19661 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19662 times right after creating a new headline.
19664 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19665 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19666 is negative, go up that many levels.
19668 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19669 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19670 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19672 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19673 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19674 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19675 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19679 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19680 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19681 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19682 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19684 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19686 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19687 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19688 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19689 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19690 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19691 defined by Org-mode).
19693 M-up Move entry/item up
19694 M-down Move entry/item down
19695 M-left Promote
19696 M-right Demote
19697 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19698 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19699 M-S-left Promote subtree
19700 M-S-right Demote subtree
19701 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19702 C-c ^ Sort entries
19703 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19704 TAB Cycle item visibility
19705 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19706 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
19707 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19709 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19711 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19712 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19714 \(fn)" nil nil)
19716 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19717 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19719 \(fn)" nil nil)
19721 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19722 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19723 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19724 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19725 call CMD.
19727 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19729 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19730 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19731 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19732 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19734 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19735 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19736 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19738 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19740 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19741 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19742 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19744 \(fn)" t nil)
19746 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19747 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19748 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19749 Org-mode syntax.
19751 \(fn)" t nil)
19753 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19754 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19756 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19758 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19759 Switch between Org buffers.
19760 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19761 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19763 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19764 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19766 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19768 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19770 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19772 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19773 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19774 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19775 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19777 \(fn)" t nil)
19779 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19780 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19782 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19784 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19785 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19786 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19788 \(fn)" t nil)
19790 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19791 Reload all org lisp files.
19792 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19794 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19796 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19797 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19799 \(fn)" t nil)
19801 ;;;***
19803 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-diary
19804 ;;;;;; org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
19805 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
19806 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
19807 ;;;;;; org-agenda org-toggle-sticky-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el"
19808 ;;;;;; (20618 55210 422086 0))
19809 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19811 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19812 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19814 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19816 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19817 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19818 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19819 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19821 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19822 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19823 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19824 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19825 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19826 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19827 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19828 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19829 e Export views to associated files.
19830 s Search entries for keywords.
19831 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19832 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19833 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19834 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19835 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19836 > Remove a previous restriction.
19837 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19838 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19839 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19841 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19842 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19843 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19845 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19846 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19847 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19848 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19849 \(if active).
19851 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19853 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19854 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19855 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19856 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19857 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19858 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19859 before running the agenda command.
19861 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19863 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19864 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19865 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19866 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19867 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19868 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19869 before running the agenda command.
19871 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19872 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19874 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19876 category The category of the item
19877 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19878 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19879 todo selected in TODO match
19880 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19881 diary imported from diary
19882 deadline a deadline on given date
19883 scheduled scheduled on given date
19884 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19885 closed entry was closed on given date
19886 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19887 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19888 block entry has date block including g. date
19889 todo The todo keyword, if any
19890 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19891 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19892 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19893 extra Sting with extra planning info
19894 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19895 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19896 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19898 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19900 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19903 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19905 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19906 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19908 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19910 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19911 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19912 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19913 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19915 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19916 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19917 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19919 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19920 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19922 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN)" t nil)
19924 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19925 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19927 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19928 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19929 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19930 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19931 EDIT-AT.
19933 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19934 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19935 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19936 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19937 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19938 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19940 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19941 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19942 including newlines.
19944 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19945 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19946 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19947 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19948 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19949 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19950 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19952 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19953 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19954 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19955 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19957 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19958 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19959 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19960 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19961 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19962 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19963 Boolean search must match as full words.
19965 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19966 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19968 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19970 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19971 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19972 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19973 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19974 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19975 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19977 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19979 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19980 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19981 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19983 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19985 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19986 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19987 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19988 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19989 `org-stuck-projects'.
19991 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19993 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19994 Return diary information from org files.
19995 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19996 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19997 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19998 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19999 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
20001 The call in the diary file should look like this:
20003 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
20005 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
20006 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
20008 &%%(org-diary)
20010 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
20011 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
20012 So the example above may also be written as
20014 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
20016 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
20017 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
20018 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20020 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20022 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20023 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
20024 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
20026 \(fn)" t nil)
20028 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
20029 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
20030 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
20031 appointments.
20033 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
20034 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
20036 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
20037 for filtering entries out.
20039 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
20040 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
20041 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
20043 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
20044 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
20046 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
20047 (category \"Work\"))
20049 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20050 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
20052 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
20053 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline, :scheduled
20054 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
20055 details and examples.
20057 If an entry as a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
20058 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
20060 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20062 ;;;***
20064 ;;;### (autoloads (org-beamer-mode org-beamer-sectioning) "org-beamer"
20065 ;;;;;; "org/org-beamer.el" (20618 55210 422086 0))
20066 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-beamer.el
20068 (autoload 'org-beamer-sectioning "org-beamer" "\
20069 Return the sectioning entry for the current headline.
20070 LEVEL is the reduced level of the headline.
20071 TEXT is the text of the headline, everything except the leading stars.
20072 The return value is a cons cell. The car is the headline text, usually
20073 just TEXT, but possibly modified if options have been extracted from the
20074 text. The cdr is the sectioning entry, similar to what is given
20075 in org-export-latex-classes.
20077 \(fn LEVEL TEXT)" nil nil)
20079 (autoload 'org-beamer-mode "org-beamer" "\
20080 Special support for editing Org-mode files made to export to beamer.
20082 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20084 ;;;***
20086 ;;;### (autoloads (org-capture-import-remember-templates org-capture
20087 ;;;;;; org-capture-string) "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (20618
20088 ;;;;;; 55210 422086 0))
20089 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20091 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
20094 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
20096 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20097 Capture something.
20098 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20099 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20100 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20101 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20102 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20103 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20105 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20106 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20107 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20108 stored.
20110 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20112 Lisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
20113 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
20114 will be bypassed.
20116 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
20117 agenda will use the date at point as the default date.
20119 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20121 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20122 Set org-capture-templates to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20124 \(fn)" t nil)
20126 ;;;***
20128 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-columns org-insert-columns-dblock org-dblock-write:columnview
20129 ;;;;;; org-columns) "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (20618 55210
20130 ;;;;;; 422086 0))
20131 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
20133 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
20134 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
20135 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
20137 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20139 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20140 Write the column view table.
20141 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20143 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20144 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20145 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20146 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20147 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20148 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20149 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20150 using `org-id-find'.
20151 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20152 a hline before each level <= that number.
20153 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20154 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20155 :skip-empty-rows
20156 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20157 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20159 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20161 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20162 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20164 \(fn)" t nil)
20166 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20167 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20169 \(fn)" t nil)
20171 ;;;***
20173 ;;;### (autoloads (org-check-version) "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el"
20174 ;;;;;; (20618 55210 422086 0))
20175 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20177 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20178 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20180 \(fn)" nil t)
20182 ;;;***
20184 ;;;### (autoloads (org-git-version org-release) "org-version" "org/org-version.el"
20185 ;;;;;; (20618 55210 422086 0))
20186 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20188 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20189 The release version of org-mode.
20190 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20192 \(fn)" nil nil)
20194 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20195 The Git version of org-mode.
20196 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20198 \(fn)" nil nil)
20200 (defvar org-odt-data-dir "/usr/share/emacs/etc/org" "\
20201 The location of ODT styles.")
20203 ;;;***
20205 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
20206 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
20207 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20208 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20209 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20211 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20212 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20213 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20214 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20216 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20217 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20218 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20219 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20221 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20222 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20223 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20224 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20225 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20226 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20228 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20229 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20230 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20232 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20233 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20234 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20235 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20236 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20237 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20238 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20239 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20240 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20241 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20242 The subheadings remain visible.
20243 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20245 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20246 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20247 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20249 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20250 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20252 \(fn)" t nil)
20254 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20255 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20256 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20257 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20258 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20260 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20262 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20263 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20265 ;;;***
20267 ;;;### (autoloads (list-packages describe-package package-initialize
20268 ;;;;;; package-refresh-contents package-install-file package-install-from-buffer
20269 ;;;;;; package-install package-enable-at-startup) "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el"
20270 ;;;;;; (20622 22438 32851 0))
20271 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20273 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20274 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20275 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20276 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20277 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20279 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20280 activate the package system at any time.")
20282 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20284 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20285 Install the package named NAME.
20286 NAME should be the name of one of the available packages in an
20287 archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for NAME.
20289 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
20291 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20292 Install a package from the current buffer.
20293 When called interactively, the current buffer is assumed to be a
20294 single .el file that follows the packaging guidelines; see info
20295 node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20297 When called from Lisp, PKG-INFO is a vector describing the
20298 information, of the type returned by `package-buffer-info'; and
20299 TYPE is the package type (either `single' or `tar').
20301 \(fn PKG-INFO TYPE)" t nil)
20303 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20304 Install a package from a file.
20305 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20307 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20309 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20310 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
20311 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
20312 makes them available for download.
20314 \(fn)" t nil)
20316 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20317 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20318 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20319 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20321 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20323 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20324 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20326 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20328 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20329 Display a list of packages.
20330 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20331 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20332 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20334 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20336 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20338 ;;;***
20340 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (20542 50478
20341 ;;;;;; 439878 507000))
20342 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20344 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20345 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20346 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20347 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20348 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20349 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20351 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20353 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20354 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20355 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20356 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20357 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20359 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20360 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20361 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20363 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20365 ;;;***
20367 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20368 ;;;;;; (20478 3673 653810 0))
20369 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20370 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20372 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20373 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20374 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20375 unknown are returned as nil.
20377 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20379 ;;;***
20381 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (20478
20382 ;;;;;; 3673 653810 0))
20383 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20385 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20386 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20387 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20389 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20390 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20392 Other useful functions are:
20394 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20395 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20396 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20397 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20398 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20399 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20400 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20401 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20402 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20404 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20406 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20407 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20408 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20409 Indentation for case statements.
20410 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20411 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20412 mark after an end.
20413 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20414 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20415 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20416 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20417 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20418 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20419 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20420 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20421 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20422 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20424 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20425 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20427 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20428 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20430 \(fn)" t nil)
20432 ;;;***
20434 ;;;### (autoloads (password-in-cache-p password-cache-expiry password-cache)
20435 ;;;;;; "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (20577 33959 40183 0))
20436 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20438 (defvar password-cache t "\
20439 Whether to cache passwords.")
20441 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20443 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20444 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20445 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20447 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20449 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20450 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20452 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20454 ;;;***
20456 ;;;### (autoloads (pcase-let pcase-let* pcase) "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el"
20457 ;;;;;; (20582 12914 894781 0))
20458 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20460 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20461 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20462 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20464 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20465 _ matches anything.
20466 SELFQUOTING matches itself. This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20467 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20468 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20469 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20470 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20471 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
20472 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20473 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20474 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20475 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20477 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20478 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20479 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20480 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20481 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20482 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
20484 PRED can take the form
20485 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
20486 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with an N+1'th argument
20487 which is the value being matched.
20488 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
20489 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20490 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20491 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20492 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20494 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20496 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20498 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20499 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20500 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20501 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20503 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20505 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20507 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20508 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20509 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20510 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20512 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20514 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20516 ;;;***
20518 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (20355
20519 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
20520 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20522 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20523 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20525 \(fn)" nil nil)
20527 ;;;***
20529 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20530 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (20572 16038 402143 0))
20531 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20533 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20534 Completion for `gzip'.
20536 \(fn)" nil nil)
20538 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20539 Completion for `bzip2'.
20541 \(fn)" nil nil)
20543 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20544 Completion for GNU `make'.
20546 \(fn)" nil nil)
20548 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20549 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20551 \(fn)" nil nil)
20553 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20555 ;;;***
20557 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20558 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
20559 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20561 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20562 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20564 \(fn)" nil nil)
20566 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20567 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20569 \(fn)" nil nil)
20571 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20572 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20574 \(fn)" nil nil)
20576 ;;;***
20578 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (20523
20579 ;;;;;; 62082 997685 0))
20580 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20582 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20583 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20585 \(fn)" nil nil)
20587 ;;;***
20589 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
20590 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
20591 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (20376 40834 914217
20592 ;;;;;; 0))
20593 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20595 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20596 Completion for `cd'.
20598 \(fn)" nil nil)
20600 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20602 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20603 Completion for `rmdir'.
20605 \(fn)" nil nil)
20607 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20608 Completion for `rm'.
20610 \(fn)" nil nil)
20612 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20613 Completion for `xargs'.
20615 \(fn)" nil nil)
20617 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20619 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20620 Completion for `which'.
20622 \(fn)" nil nil)
20624 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20625 Completion for the `chown' command.
20627 \(fn)" nil nil)
20629 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20630 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20632 \(fn)" nil nil)
20634 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20635 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20637 \(fn)" nil nil)
20639 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20640 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20641 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20643 \(fn)" nil nil)
20645 ;;;***
20647 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20648 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20649 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (20652
20650 ;;;;;; 47164 970964 0))
20651 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20653 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20654 Support extensible programmable completion.
20655 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20656 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20658 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20660 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20661 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20663 \(fn)" t nil)
20665 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20666 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20667 This will modify the current buffer.
20669 \(fn)" t nil)
20671 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20672 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20674 \(fn)" t nil)
20676 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20677 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20678 This will modify the current buffer.
20680 \(fn)" t nil)
20682 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20683 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20685 \(fn)" t nil)
20687 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20688 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20690 \(fn)" t nil)
20692 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20693 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20694 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20695 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20696 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20698 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20700 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20701 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20703 \(fn)" nil nil)
20705 ;;;***
20707 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20708 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20709 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs.el" (20584 7212 455152 0))
20710 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20712 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20713 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20714 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20715 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20717 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20719 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20721 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20722 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20723 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20724 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20725 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20726 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20727 FLAGS is ignored.
20729 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20731 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20732 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20733 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20734 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20735 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20736 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20737 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20738 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20740 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20742 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20743 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20744 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20745 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20746 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20747 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20748 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20749 passed to cvs.
20751 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20753 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20754 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20755 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20756 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20757 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20758 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20759 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20761 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20763 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20764 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20765 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20767 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20769 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20770 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20771 A value of nil means never do it.
20772 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20773 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20774 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20776 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20778 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20779 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20780 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20782 ;;;***
20784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (20576 42138
20785 ;;;;;; 697312 0))
20786 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20788 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20789 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20791 ;;;***
20793 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20794 ;;;;;; (20665 59189 799105 0))
20795 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20796 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20797 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20798 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20799 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20800 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20801 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20803 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20804 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20805 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20806 Tab indents for Perl code.
20807 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20808 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20809 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20810 \\{perl-mode-map}
20811 Variables controlling indentation style:
20812 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20813 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20814 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20815 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20816 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20817 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20818 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20819 `perl-nochange'
20820 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20821 `perl-indent-level'
20822 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20823 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20824 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20825 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20826 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20827 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20828 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20829 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20830 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20831 `perl-brace-offset'
20832 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20833 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20834 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20835 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20836 `perl-label-offset'
20837 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20838 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20839 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20841 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20842 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20843 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20844 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20845 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20846 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20847 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20849 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20851 \(fn)" t nil)
20853 ;;;***
20855 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20856 ;;;;;; (20551 9899 283417 0))
20857 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20859 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20860 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20861 \\<picture-mode-map>
20862 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20863 afterwards settable by these commands:
20865 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20866 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20867 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20868 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20870 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20871 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20872 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20873 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20875 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20876 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20877 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20878 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20880 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20881 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20882 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20883 with these commands:
20885 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20886 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20887 Move to column following last
20888 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20889 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20890 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20891 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20892 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20893 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20895 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20897 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20898 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20899 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20900 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20901 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20902 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20904 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20905 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20906 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
20907 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20908 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20909 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20910 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20912 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20913 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20914 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20915 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20916 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20917 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20918 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20919 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20921 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20922 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20923 by supplying an argument.
20925 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20927 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20928 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20930 \(fn)" t nil)
20932 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20934 ;;;***
20936 ;;;### (autoloads (plstore-mode plstore-open) "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el"
20937 ;;;;;; (20378 29222 722320 0))
20938 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
20940 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20941 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20943 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20945 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20946 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20948 \(fn)" t nil)
20950 ;;;***
20952 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20953 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
20954 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20956 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20957 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20958 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20960 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20962 ;;;***
20964 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (20478 3673 653810
20965 ;;;;;; 0))
20966 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20968 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20969 Play pong and waste time.
20970 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20971 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20973 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20975 \\{pong-mode-map}
20977 \(fn)" t nil)
20979 ;;;***
20981 ;;;### (autoloads (pop3-movemail) "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (20643 32183
20982 ;;;;;; 554981 0))
20983 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
20985 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
20986 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
20987 Use streaming commands.
20989 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20991 ;;;***
20993 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
20994 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
20995 ;;;;;; (20495 51111 757560 0))
20996 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20998 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20999 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21000 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21001 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21003 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21005 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21006 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21008 \(fn)" nil nil)
21010 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21011 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21012 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21013 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21014 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21016 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21018 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21019 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21020 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21022 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21024 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21025 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21027 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21029 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21030 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21031 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21032 Ignores leading comment characters.
21034 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21036 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21037 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21038 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21039 Ignores leading comment characters.
21041 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21043 ;;;***
21045 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
21046 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
21047 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
21048 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
21049 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
21050 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
21051 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
21052 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
21053 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
21054 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
21055 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
21056 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
21057 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
21058 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
21059 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
21060 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
21061 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
21062 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
21063 ;;;;;; (20648 50109 802321 0))
21064 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21066 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21067 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21069 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21071 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21073 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21075 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21076 Preview directory using ghostview.
21078 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21079 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21080 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21081 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21083 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21084 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21085 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21086 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21087 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21088 file name.
21090 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21092 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21094 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21095 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21097 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21098 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21099 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21100 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21102 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21103 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21104 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21105 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21106 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21107 file name.
21109 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21111 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21113 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21114 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21116 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21117 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21118 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21119 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21121 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21122 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21123 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21124 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21125 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21126 file name.
21128 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21130 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21132 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21133 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21135 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21137 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21138 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21139 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21140 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21142 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21143 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21144 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21145 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21146 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21147 file name.
21149 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21151 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21153 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21154 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21156 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21157 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21158 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21160 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21161 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21162 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21163 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21165 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21167 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21168 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21170 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21171 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21172 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21174 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21175 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21176 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21177 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21179 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21181 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21182 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21184 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21185 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21186 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21188 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21189 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21190 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21191 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21193 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21195 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21196 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21198 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21200 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21201 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21202 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21204 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21205 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21206 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21207 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21209 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21211 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21212 Preview region using ghostview.
21214 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21216 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21218 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21219 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21221 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21223 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21225 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21226 Print region using PostScript printer.
21228 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21230 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21232 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21233 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21235 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21237 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21239 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21240 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21242 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21244 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21246 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21247 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21249 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21251 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21253 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21254 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21256 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21258 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21260 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21261 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21263 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21265 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21267 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21268 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21269 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21270 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21272 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21273 matching.
21275 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21276 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21278 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21280 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21282 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21283 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21284 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21285 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21287 \(fn)" t nil)
21289 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21290 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21291 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21292 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21294 \(fn)" t nil)
21296 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21297 Print directory using text printer.
21299 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21300 matching.
21302 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21303 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21305 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21307 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21309 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21310 Print buffer using text printer.
21312 \(fn)" t nil)
21314 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21315 Print region using text printer.
21317 \(fn)" t nil)
21319 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21320 Print major mode using text printer.
21322 \(fn)" t nil)
21324 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21325 Preview spooled PostScript.
21327 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21328 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21329 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21331 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21332 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21333 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21335 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21337 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21338 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21340 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21341 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21342 instead of sending it to the printer.
21344 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21345 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21346 image in a file with that name.
21348 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21350 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21351 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21353 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21354 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21355 instead of sending it to the printer.
21357 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21358 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21359 image in a file with that name.
21361 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21363 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21364 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21366 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21367 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21368 instead of sending it to the printer.
21370 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21371 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21372 image in a file with that name.
21374 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21376 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21377 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21379 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21381 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21382 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21384 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21386 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21387 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21389 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21391 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21392 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21394 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21396 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21397 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21399 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21401 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21402 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21404 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21405 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21406 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21407 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21409 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21410 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21411 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21412 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21413 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21414 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21415 file name.
21417 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21419 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21420 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21422 \(fn)" t nil)
21424 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21425 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21427 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21428 right.
21429 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21430 bottom.
21432 \(fn)" t nil)
21434 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21435 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21437 \(fn)" t nil)
21439 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21440 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21442 \(fn)" t nil)
21444 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21445 Toggle printing with faces.
21447 \(fn)" t nil)
21449 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21450 Toggle spooling.
21452 \(fn)" t nil)
21454 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21455 Toggle duplex.
21457 \(fn)" t nil)
21459 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21460 Toggle tumble.
21462 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21463 right.
21464 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21465 bottom.
21467 \(fn)" t nil)
21469 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21470 Toggle landscape.
21472 \(fn)" t nil)
21474 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21475 Toggle upside-down.
21477 \(fn)" t nil)
21479 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21480 Toggle line number.
21482 \(fn)" t nil)
21484 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21485 Toggle zebra stripes.
21487 \(fn)" t nil)
21489 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21490 Toggle printing header.
21492 \(fn)" t nil)
21494 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21495 Toggle printing header frame.
21497 \(fn)" t nil)
21499 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21500 Toggle menu lock.
21502 \(fn)" t nil)
21504 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21505 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21507 \(fn)" t nil)
21509 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21510 Toggle auto mode.
21512 \(fn)" t nil)
21514 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21515 Customization of the `printing' group.
21517 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21519 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21520 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21522 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21524 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21525 Help for the printing package.
21527 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21529 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21530 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21532 \(fn)" t nil)
21534 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21535 Interactively select a text printer.
21537 \(fn)" t nil)
21539 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21540 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21542 \(fn)" t nil)
21544 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21545 Show current ps-print settings.
21547 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21549 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21550 Show current printing settings.
21552 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21554 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21555 Show current lpr settings.
21557 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21559 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21560 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21562 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21563 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21564 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21565 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21568 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21570 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21571 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21572 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21574 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21575 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21576 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21577 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21578 current active printer.
21580 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21581 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21582 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21583 printer.
21585 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21586 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21587 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21588 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21589 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21592 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21593 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21595 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21597 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21598 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21599 be done using the new current active printer.
21601 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21602 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21603 printer.
21605 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21606 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21607 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21608 instead of sending it to the printer.
21610 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21611 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21612 printer.
21614 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21617 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21618 are both set to t.
21620 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21622 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21623 Fast fire function for text printing.
21625 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21626 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21627 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21628 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21630 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21631 user for a new active text printer.
21633 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21635 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21637 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21638 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21639 printer.
21641 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21643 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21644 are both set to t.
21646 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21648 ;;;***
21650 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (20593 22184 581574
21651 ;;;;;; 0))
21652 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21654 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21655 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21656 \\<proced-mode-map>
21657 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21658 the process information.
21660 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21662 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21663 Proced buffers.
21665 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21667 ;;;***
21669 ;;;### (autoloads (profiler-find-profile-other-frame profiler-find-profile-other-window
21670 ;;;;;; profiler-find-profile profiler-start) "profiler" "profiler.el"
21671 ;;;;;; (20650 54468 205452 950000))
21672 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21674 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21675 Start/restart profilers.
21676 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21677 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21678 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21680 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21682 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21683 Open profile FILENAME.
21685 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21687 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21688 Open profile FILENAME.
21690 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21692 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21693 Open profile FILENAME.
21695 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21697 ;;;***
21699 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog mercury-mode prolog-mode) "prolog"
21700 ;;;;;; "progmodes/prolog.el" (20576 42138 697312 0))
21701 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21703 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21704 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21706 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21707 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21709 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21711 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21712 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21714 Commands:
21715 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21716 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21717 if that value is non-nil.
21719 \(fn)" t nil)
21721 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21722 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21723 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21725 \(fn)" t nil)
21727 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21728 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21729 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21731 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21733 ;;;***
21735 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (20652
21736 ;;;;;; 47164 970964 0))
21737 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21739 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21740 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21741 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21743 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21745 ;;;***
21747 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (20576
21748 ;;;;;; 42138 697312 0))
21749 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21751 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21752 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21754 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21756 The following variables hold user options, and can
21757 be set through the `customize' command:
21759 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21760 `ps-mode-tab'
21761 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21762 `ps-mode-print-function'
21763 `ps-run-prompt'
21764 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21765 `ps-run-x'
21766 `ps-run-dumb'
21767 `ps-run-init'
21768 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21769 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21771 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21774 \\{ps-mode-map}
21777 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21778 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21779 The keymap for this second window is:
21781 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21784 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21785 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21786 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21787 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21788 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21790 \(fn)" t nil)
21792 ;;;***
21794 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21795 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21796 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21797 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21798 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21799 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (20566
21800 ;;;;;; 63671 243798 0))
21801 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21803 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21804 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21805 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21807 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21809 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21810 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21811 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21812 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21814 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21816 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21817 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21819 Valid values are:
21821 nil Do not print colors.
21823 t Print colors.
21825 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21826 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21828 Any other value is treated as t.")
21830 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21832 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21833 Customization of ps-print group.
21835 \(fn)" t nil)
21837 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21838 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21840 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21841 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21842 sending it to the printer.
21844 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21845 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21846 image in a file with that name.
21848 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21850 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21851 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21852 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21853 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21854 so it has a way to determine color values.
21856 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21858 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21859 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21860 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21862 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21864 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21865 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21866 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21867 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21868 so it has a way to determine color values.
21870 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21872 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21873 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21874 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21875 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21877 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21879 \(fn)" t nil)
21881 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21882 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21883 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21884 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21885 so it has a way to determine color values.
21887 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21889 \(fn)" t nil)
21891 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21892 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21893 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21895 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21897 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21899 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21900 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21901 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21902 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21903 so it has a way to determine color values.
21905 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21907 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21909 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21910 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21912 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21913 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21914 instead of sending it to the printer.
21916 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21917 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21918 image in a file with that name.
21920 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21922 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21923 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21924 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21925 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21926 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21928 \(fn)" t nil)
21930 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21931 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21932 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21934 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21936 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21937 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21938 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21940 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21942 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21943 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21945 \(fn)" nil nil)
21947 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21948 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21950 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21951 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21953 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21954 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21956 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21958 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21960 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21962 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21963 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21965 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21966 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21968 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21969 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21971 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21973 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21975 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21977 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21978 foreground and background colors respectively.
21980 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21981 bold - use bold font.
21982 italic - use italic font.
21983 underline - put a line under text.
21984 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21985 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21986 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21987 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21988 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21990 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21992 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21994 ;;;***
21996 ;;;### (autoloads (python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21997 ;;;;;; (20660 41272 835092 0))
21998 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
22000 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
22002 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python") 'python-mode))
22004 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
22005 Run an inferior Python process.
22006 Input and output via buffer named after
22007 `python-shell-buffer-name'. If there is a process already
22008 running in that buffer, just switch to it.
22010 With argument, allows you to define CMD so you can edit the
22011 command used to call the interpreter and define DEDICATED, so a
22012 dedicated process for the current buffer is open. When numeric
22013 prefix arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
22015 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
22016 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
22017 process buffer for a list of commands.)
22019 \(fn CMD &optional DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
22021 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22022 Major mode for editing Python files.
22024 \\{python-mode-map}
22025 Entry to this mode calls the value of `python-mode-hook'
22026 if that value is non-nil.
22028 \(fn)" t nil)
22030 ;;;***
22032 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
22033 ;;;;;; (20557 48712 315579 0))
22034 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22036 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22037 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22038 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22039 coding-system.
22041 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22042 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22044 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22045 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22046 them into characters should be done separately.
22048 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22050 ;;;***
22052 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
22053 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
22054 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
22055 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
22056 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (20523 62082 997685 0))
22057 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22059 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22060 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22062 \(fn)" nil nil)
22064 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22065 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22066 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22068 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22069 `quail-activate', which see.
22071 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22073 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22074 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22075 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22076 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22077 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22078 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22079 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22081 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22082 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22083 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22084 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22085 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22086 shown.
22087 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22089 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22090 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22091 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22092 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22093 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22094 list of candidates.
22096 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22097 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22098 command to be called.
22100 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22101 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22102 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22103 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22105 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22106 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22107 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22108 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22109 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22110 to t.
22112 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22113 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22114 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22115 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22117 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
22118 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
22119 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
22120 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
22122 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22123 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22124 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22125 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22126 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22127 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22129 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22130 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22131 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22132 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22133 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22134 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22136 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22137 covers Quail translation region.
22139 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22140 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22141 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22142 for it) is inserted.
22144 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22145 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22146 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22148 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22149 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22150 non-Quail commands.
22152 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22154 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22155 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22157 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22158 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22159 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22160 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22161 you type is correctly handled.
22163 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22165 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22166 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22168 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22169 keyboard type.
22171 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22173 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22174 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22175 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22176 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22177 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22178 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22179 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22180 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22181 for the translation.
22182 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22184 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22185 it is used to handle KEY.
22187 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22188 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22189 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22190 the following annotation types are supported.
22192 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22193 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22195 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22196 candidate list.
22198 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22199 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22200 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22201 inserted.
22203 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22204 generated for the following translations.
22206 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22208 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22209 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22211 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22212 which to install MAP.
22214 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22216 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22218 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22219 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22221 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22222 which to install MAP.
22224 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22226 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22228 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22229 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22230 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22231 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22232 a function, or a cons.
22233 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22234 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22235 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22236 for the translation.
22237 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22238 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22239 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22240 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22241 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22243 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22244 it is used to handle KEY.
22246 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22247 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22248 current Quail package.
22250 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22251 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22253 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22255 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22256 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22258 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22259 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22261 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22263 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22264 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22266 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22268 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22269 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22270 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22271 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22272 of the Emacs source tree.
22274 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22275 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22277 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22278 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22279 of each directory.
22281 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22283 ;;;***
22285 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22286 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22287 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (20566
22288 ;;;;;; 63671 243798 0))
22289 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22291 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22292 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22293 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22294 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22296 To make use of this do something like:
22298 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22300 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22302 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22303 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22305 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22306 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22307 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22309 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22311 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22312 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22314 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22316 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22317 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22319 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22320 is decided.
22322 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22324 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22325 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22327 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22328 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22329 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22331 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22333 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22334 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22336 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22338 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22339 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22341 \(fn)" t nil)
22343 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22344 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22346 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22348 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22350 \(fn)" t nil)
22352 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22353 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22355 \(fn)" t nil)
22357 ;;;***
22359 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22360 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (20614 54428 654267 0))
22361 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22363 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22364 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22366 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22368 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22370 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22372 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22374 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22377 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22379 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22380 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22381 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22382 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22383 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22384 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22386 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22388 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22389 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22390 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22391 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22392 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22394 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22396 ;;;***
22398 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (20355
22399 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
22400 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22402 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22403 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22404 See \\[compile].
22406 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22408 ;;;***
22410 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22411 ;;;;;; (20427 14766 970343 0))
22412 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22414 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22416 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22417 Construct a regexp interactively.
22418 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22419 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22420 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22422 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22423 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22425 \(fn)" t nil)
22427 ;;;***
22429 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (20356 2211
22430 ;;;;;; 532900 0))
22431 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22433 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22434 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22435 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22436 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22437 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22438 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22440 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22442 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22443 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22444 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22445 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22446 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22448 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22449 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22450 were operated on recently.
22452 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22454 ;;;***
22456 ;;;### (autoloads (rectangle-number-lines clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle
22457 ;;;;;; string-rectangle delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle
22458 ;;;;;; insert-rectangle yank-rectangle copy-rectangle-as-kill kill-rectangle
22459 ;;;;;; extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle delete-rectangle)
22460 ;;;;;; "rect" "rect.el" (20501 3499 284800 0))
22461 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22463 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22464 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22465 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22466 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22467 ends.
22469 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22470 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22471 to be deleted.
22473 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22475 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22476 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22477 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22479 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22480 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22481 deleted.
22483 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22485 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22486 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22487 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22489 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22491 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22492 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22494 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22495 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22497 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22498 deleted.
22500 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22501 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22502 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22503 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22504 even beep.)
22506 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22508 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22509 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22511 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22513 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22514 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22516 \(fn)" t nil)
22518 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22519 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22520 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22521 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22522 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22523 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22524 and point is at the lower right corner.
22526 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22528 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22529 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22531 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22532 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22534 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22535 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22536 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22538 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22540 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22542 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22543 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22544 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22545 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22546 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22548 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22549 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22551 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22553 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22554 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22555 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22557 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22559 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22561 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22563 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22564 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22566 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22567 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22568 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22570 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22572 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22573 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22574 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22576 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22577 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22578 rectangle which were empty.
22580 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22582 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22583 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22585 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22586 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22587 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22588 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22590 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22592 ;;;***
22594 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (20478
22595 ;;;;;; 3673 653810 0))
22596 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22598 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22599 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22600 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22601 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22602 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22604 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22605 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22606 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22607 auto-filling.
22609 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22611 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22613 ;;;***
22615 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22616 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (20657 65077
22617 ;;;;;; 880084 0))
22618 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22620 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22621 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22623 \(fn)" nil nil)
22625 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22626 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22628 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22629 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22631 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22632 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22633 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22634 \\ref macro.
22636 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22637 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22638 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22640 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22641 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22642 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22644 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22645 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22647 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22648 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22650 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22651 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22652 on the menu bar.
22654 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22656 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22658 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22659 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22660 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22662 \(fn)" nil nil)
22664 ;;;***
22666 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22667 ;;;;;; (20585 28088 480237 0))
22668 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22670 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22671 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22672 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22673 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22674 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22675 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22677 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22679 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22681 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22682 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22683 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22684 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22685 `reftex-cite-format'.
22687 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22688 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22689 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22690 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22692 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22694 ;;;***
22696 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22697 ;;;;;; (20585 28088 480237 0))
22698 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22700 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22701 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22702 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22703 the current TeX document.
22705 With no argument, this command toggles
22706 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22707 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22709 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22711 ;;;***
22713 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22714 ;;;;;; (20585 28088 480237 0))
22715 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22717 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22718 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22719 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22721 To insert new phrases, use
22722 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22723 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22725 To index phrases use one of:
22727 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22728 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22729 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22730 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22731 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22733 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22734 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22736 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22738 Here are all local bindings.
22740 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
22742 \(fn)" t nil)
22744 ;;;***
22746 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22747 ;;;;;; (20657 65077 880084 0))
22748 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22750 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22751 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22752 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22753 of master file.
22755 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22757 ;;;***
22759 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (20593
22760 ;;;;;; 22184 581574 0))
22761 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22762 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22763 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22764 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22765 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22767 ;;;***
22769 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22770 ;;;;;; (20522 38650 757441 0))
22771 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22773 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22774 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22775 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22776 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22777 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22778 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22780 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22781 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22783 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22784 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22785 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22786 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22788 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22790 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22791 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22792 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22793 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22795 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22797 ;;;***
22799 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
22800 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
22801 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
22802 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22804 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22805 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22806 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22807 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22809 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22811 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22813 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22814 Call `remember' in another frame.
22816 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22818 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22819 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22820 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
22821 application.
22823 \(fn)" t nil)
22825 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22826 Extract diary entries from the region.
22828 \(fn)" nil nil)
22830 ;;;***
22832 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (20614 54428 654267
22833 ;;;;;; 0))
22834 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22836 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22837 Repeat most recently executed command.
22838 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22839 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22840 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22842 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22843 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22844 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22845 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22847 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22848 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22849 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22851 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22853 ;;;***
22855 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22856 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
22857 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22859 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22860 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22862 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22863 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22864 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22865 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22866 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22867 and point is left after the salutation.
22869 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22870 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22871 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22872 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22873 left after that text.
22875 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22876 is non-nil.
22878 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22879 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22880 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22881 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22883 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22885 ;;;***
22887 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22888 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
22889 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22891 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22892 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22893 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22894 visibility of comments that precede it.
22895 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22896 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22897 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22898 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22899 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22900 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22901 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22902 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22903 the comment lines.
22904 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22905 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22906 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22907 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22908 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22910 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22912 ;;;***
22914 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22915 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
22916 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22918 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22919 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22920 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22921 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22922 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22924 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
22925 reveals invisible text around point.
22927 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22929 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22930 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22931 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22932 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22933 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22934 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22936 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22938 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22939 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22940 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22942 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22943 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22944 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22946 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22948 ;;;***
22950 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22951 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
22952 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22954 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22955 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22957 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22959 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22960 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22962 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22964 ;;;***
22966 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (20402 11562
22967 ;;;;;; 85788 0))
22968 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22970 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22971 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22972 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22973 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22975 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22977 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22978 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22979 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22980 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22982 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22983 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22985 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22986 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22988 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22989 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22990 INPUT-ARGS.
22992 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22993 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22994 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22995 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22996 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22998 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22999 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
23000 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
23001 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
23003 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
23004 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
23005 variable.
23007 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23009 ;;;***
23011 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
23012 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
23013 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
23014 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
23015 ;;;;;; rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-movemail-variant-p rmail-spool-directory
23016 ;;;;;; rmail-file-name) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (20599 61088 34742
23017 ;;;;;; 635000))
23018 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23020 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
23021 Name of user's primary mail file.")
23023 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
23025 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
23027 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
23028 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
23029 Its name should end with a slash.")
23031 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
23032 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
23034 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23035 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23036 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
23038 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23040 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23041 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23042 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23043 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23044 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23045 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23046 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23048 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23049 sent by you under different user names.
23050 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23052 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23054 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
23056 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23058 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23059 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
23060 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
23061 explicitly.")
23063 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23065 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
23066 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23067 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23068 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23069 which normally happens once for each message,
23070 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23071 To make a change in this variable take effect
23072 for a message that you have already viewed,
23073 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23075 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23077 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23078 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23079 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23080 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23082 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23084 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
23085 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23087 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23089 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
23090 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23091 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23093 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23095 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23096 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23097 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23098 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23099 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23100 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23102 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23104 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23105 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23107 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23109 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23110 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23112 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23114 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23115 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23117 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23118 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23120 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23122 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23123 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23125 This is set to nil by default.")
23127 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23128 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23129 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23130 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23131 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23132 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23133 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23135 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23136 Read and edit incoming mail.
23137 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23138 file in RMAIL Mode.
23139 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23141 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23142 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23143 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23144 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23146 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23148 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23150 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23151 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23152 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23153 Instead, these commands are available:
23155 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23156 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23157 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23158 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23159 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23160 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23161 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23162 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23163 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23164 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23165 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23166 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23167 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23168 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23169 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23170 till a deleted message is found.
23171 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23172 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23173 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23174 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23175 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23176 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23177 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23178 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23179 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23180 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23181 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23182 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23183 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23184 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23185 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23186 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23187 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23188 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23189 (label defaults to last one specified).
23190 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23191 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23192 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23193 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23194 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23195 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23196 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23197 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23198 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23200 \(fn)" t nil)
23202 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23203 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23205 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23207 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23208 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23210 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23212 ;;;***
23214 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output-as-seen
23215 ;;;;;; rmail-output) "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (20530 3765 184907
23216 ;;;;;; 0))
23217 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23218 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23220 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23221 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23222 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23223 case it writes Babyl.
23225 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23226 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23227 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23228 `rmail-default-file'.
23230 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23231 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23232 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23234 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23235 the header display is currently pruned.
23237 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23238 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23239 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23240 messages after output.
23242 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23243 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23244 message (if writing a file directly).
23246 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23247 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23249 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23251 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23252 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23253 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23254 i) the header is output as currently seen
23255 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23256 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23258 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23259 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23260 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23262 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23264 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23265 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23266 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23267 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23268 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23269 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23270 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23272 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23273 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23274 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23276 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23278 ;;;***
23280 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
23281 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
23282 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23284 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23285 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23286 Return a pattern.
23288 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23290 ;;;***
23292 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
23293 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
23294 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23296 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23297 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23298 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23299 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23301 \(fn)" t nil)
23303 ;;;***
23305 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
23306 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
23307 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23309 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23310 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23312 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23313 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23314 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23315 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23316 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23317 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23318 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23319 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23320 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23321 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23323 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23324 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23325 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23326 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23327 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23328 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23329 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23330 to use for finding the schema.
23332 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23334 ;;;***
23336 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (20355
23337 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
23338 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23340 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23342 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23343 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23344 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23345 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23346 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23347 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23348 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23349 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23350 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23351 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23352 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23353 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23354 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23355 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23356 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23357 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23358 must be equal.
23360 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23362 ;;;***
23364 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
23365 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (20523 62082 997685 0))
23366 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23368 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23369 Define a robin package.
23371 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23372 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23373 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23374 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23376 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23377 one replaces the old one.
23379 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23381 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23382 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23384 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23385 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23386 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23388 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23390 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23391 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23393 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23395 ;;;***
23397 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23398 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (20355 10021 546955
23399 ;;;;;; 0))
23400 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23402 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23403 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23405 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23407 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23408 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23410 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23412 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23413 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23415 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23417 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23418 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23419 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23421 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23422 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23423 in ROT13.
23425 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23427 \(fn)" t nil)
23429 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23430 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23432 \(fn)" t nil)
23434 ;;;***
23436 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
23437 ;;;;;; (20594 43050 277913 0))
23438 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23439 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23441 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23442 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23443 \\<rst-mode-map>
23445 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23446 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23447 highlighting.
23449 \\{rst-mode-map}
23451 \(fn)" t nil)
23453 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23454 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23455 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23456 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23457 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23459 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23460 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23461 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23463 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23465 ;;;***
23467 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
23468 ;;;;;; (20644 53049 326201 0))
23469 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23471 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23472 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
23473 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
23474 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
23475 nesting into account.
23477 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
23479 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23481 \(fn)" t nil)
23483 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.rb\\'") 'ruby-mode))
23485 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("Rakefile\\'" . ruby-mode))
23487 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23489 ;;;***
23491 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (20355
23492 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
23493 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23495 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23496 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23497 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23499 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23500 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23501 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23502 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23503 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23505 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23507 ;;;***
23509 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (20518
23510 ;;;;;; 12580 46478 0))
23511 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23513 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23514 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23515 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23516 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23518 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23520 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23521 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23522 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23524 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23525 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23526 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23528 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23529 notation.
23531 STRING
23532 matches string STRING literally.
23534 CHAR
23535 matches character CHAR literally.
23537 `not-newline', `nonl'
23538 matches any character except a newline.
23540 `anything'
23541 matches any character
23543 `(any SET ...)'
23544 `(in SET ...)'
23545 `(char SET ...)'
23546 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23547 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23548 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23550 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23551 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23552 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23553 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23555 `(not (any SET ...))'
23556 matches any character not in SET ...
23558 `line-start', `bol'
23559 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23560 in the text being matched
23562 `line-end', `eol'
23563 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23565 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23566 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23567 string being matched against.
23569 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23570 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23571 string being matched against.
23573 `buffer-start'
23574 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23575 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23577 `buffer-end'
23578 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23579 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23581 `point'
23582 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23584 `word-start', `bow'
23585 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23587 `word-end', `eow'
23588 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23590 `word-boundary'
23591 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23592 word.
23594 `(not word-boundary)'
23595 `not-word-boundary'
23596 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23597 word.
23599 `symbol-start'
23600 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23602 `symbol-end'
23603 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23605 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23606 matches 0 through 9.
23608 `control', `cntrl'
23609 matches ASCII control characters.
23611 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23612 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23614 `blank'
23615 matches space and tab only.
23617 `graphic', `graph'
23618 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23619 space, and DEL.
23621 `printing', `print'
23622 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23623 and DEL.
23625 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23626 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23627 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23629 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23630 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23631 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23633 `ascii'
23634 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23636 `nonascii'
23637 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23639 `lower', `lower-case'
23640 matches anything lower-case.
23642 `upper', `upper-case'
23643 matches anything upper-case.
23645 `punctuation', `punct'
23646 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23647 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23649 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23650 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23652 `word', `wordchar'
23653 matches anything that has word syntax.
23655 `not-wordchar'
23656 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23658 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23659 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23660 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23661 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23663 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23664 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23665 `word' (\\sw)
23666 `symbol' (\\s_)
23667 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23668 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23669 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23670 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23671 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23672 `escape' (\\s\\)
23673 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23674 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23675 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23676 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23677 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23679 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23680 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23682 `(category CATEGORY)'
23683 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23684 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23686 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23687 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23688 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23689 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23690 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23691 `symbol' (\\c5)
23692 `digit' (\\c6)
23693 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23694 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23695 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23696 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23697 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23698 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23699 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23700 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23701 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23702 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23703 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23704 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23705 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23706 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23707 `ascii' (\\ca)
23708 `arabic' (\\cb)
23709 `chinese' (\\cc)
23710 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23711 `greek' (\\cg)
23712 `korean' (\\ch)
23713 `indian' (\\ci)
23714 `japanese' (\\cj)
23715 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23716 `latin' (\\cl)
23717 `lao' (\\co)
23718 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23719 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23720 `thai' (\\ct)
23721 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23722 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23723 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23724 `can-break' (\\c|)
23726 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23727 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23729 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23730 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23731 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23732 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23733 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23735 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23736 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23737 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23738 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23740 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23741 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23742 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23743 group number N.
23745 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23746 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23747 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23748 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23749 regular expression.
23751 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23752 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23753 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23754 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23755 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23757 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23758 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23760 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23761 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23763 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23764 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23765 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23767 `(* SEXP ...)'
23768 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23769 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23771 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23772 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23773 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23775 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23776 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23777 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23779 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23780 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23782 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23783 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23785 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23786 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23787 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23788 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23790 `(? SEXP ...)'
23791 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23793 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23794 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23796 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23797 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23798 matches N occurrences.
23800 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23801 matches N or more occurrences.
23803 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23804 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23805 matches N to M occurrences.
23807 `(backref N)'
23808 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23810 `(eval FORM)'
23811 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23812 `regexp-quote' it.
23814 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23815 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23817 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23819 ;;;***
23821 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el" (20577
23822 ;;;;;; 33959 40183 0))
23823 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23825 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23826 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23827 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23828 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23829 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23830 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23832 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23834 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23835 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23836 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23837 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23838 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23840 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23841 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23842 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23843 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23845 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23846 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23847 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23849 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23851 ;;;***
23853 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23854 ;;;;;; (20665 59189 799105 0))
23855 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23857 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23858 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23859 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23861 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23862 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23863 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23864 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23865 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23866 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23867 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23868 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23870 Commands:
23871 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23872 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23873 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23874 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23875 if that value is non-nil.
23877 \(fn)" t nil)
23879 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23880 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23881 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23883 Commands:
23884 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23885 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23886 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23887 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23888 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23889 that variable's value is a string.
23891 \(fn)" t nil)
23893 ;;;***
23895 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23896 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
23897 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23899 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23900 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23901 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23903 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23905 \(fn)" t nil)
23907 ;;;***
23909 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23910 ;;;;;; (20363 61861 222722 0))
23911 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23913 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23914 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23915 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23916 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23917 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23918 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23920 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23922 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23923 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23924 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23925 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23926 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23928 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23929 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23931 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23933 ;;;***
23935 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23936 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
23937 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23939 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23940 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23941 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23942 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23943 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
23944 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23945 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23946 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23948 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23950 ;;;***
23952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (20478 3673 653810
23953 ;;;;;; 0))
23954 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23955 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23956 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23958 ;;;***
23960 ;;;### (autoloads (semantic-mode semantic-default-submodes) "semantic"
23961 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic.el" (20617 41641 89638 0))
23962 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23964 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23965 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23966 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23968 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23969 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23970 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23971 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23972 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23973 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23974 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23975 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23976 keybinding for tag names.
23977 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
23978 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23979 of the symbol under point.
23980 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23981 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23982 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23983 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23984 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23985 syntax tokens.
23986 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23988 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23990 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23991 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23992 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23993 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23994 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23995 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23997 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23999 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
24000 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
24001 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
24002 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24003 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24005 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
24006 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
24007 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
24008 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
24009 Semantic mode.
24011 \\{semantic-mode-map}
24013 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24015 ;;;***
24017 ;;;### (autoloads (bovine-grammar-mode) "semantic/bovine/grammar"
24018 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el" (20593 22184 581574 0))
24019 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
24021 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
24022 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
24024 \(fn)" t nil)
24026 ;;;***
24028 ;;;### (autoloads (wisent-grammar-mode) "semantic/wisent/grammar"
24029 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el" (20593 22184 581574 0))
24030 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
24032 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
24033 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
24035 \(fn)" t nil)
24037 ;;;***
24039 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
24040 ;;;;;; mail-mode sendmail-user-agent-compose sendmail-query-once
24041 ;;;;;; mail-default-headers mail-default-directory mail-signature-file
24042 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook
24043 ;;;;;; mail-indentation-spaces mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook
24044 ;;;;;; mail-personal-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
24045 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
24046 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
24047 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (20614 54428 654267 0))
24048 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24050 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
24051 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24053 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
24054 king@grassland.com
24055 If `parens', they look like:
24056 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24057 If `angles', they look like:
24058 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24060 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
24061 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
24063 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24065 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24066 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24067 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24068 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24070 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24071 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24072 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24073 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24075 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24077 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24078 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24079 This is done when the message is initialized,
24080 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24082 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24084 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24085 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24086 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24088 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24090 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
24091 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24092 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24093 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24094 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24095 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24096 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24098 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24100 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24101 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24103 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24105 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24106 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24107 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24108 be a Babyl file.")
24110 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24112 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24113 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24114 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24115 when you first send mail.")
24117 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24119 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24120 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24121 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24122 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24123 This file need not actually exist.")
24125 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24127 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24128 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24130 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24132 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24133 Alist of mail address aliases,
24134 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24135 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24136 can specify a different file name.)
24137 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24138 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24140 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24141 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24142 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24144 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24146 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24147 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24148 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24150 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24152 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24153 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24154 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24155 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24156 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24157 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24158 in the cited portion of the message.
24160 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24161 instead of no action.")
24163 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24165 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24166 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24167 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24168 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24169 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24171 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24173 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24174 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24175 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24176 If a string, that string is inserted.
24177 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24178 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24179 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24180 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24182 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24184 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24185 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24187 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24189 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24190 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24191 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24193 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24194 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24196 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24198 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24199 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24200 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24201 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24203 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24205 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24206 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24207 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24209 \(fn)" nil nil)
24211 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24213 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24216 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24218 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24219 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24220 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24222 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24223 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24225 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24226 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24227 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24228 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24229 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24230 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24231 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24232 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24233 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24234 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24235 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24236 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24237 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24238 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24240 \(fn)" t nil)
24242 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24243 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24244 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24245 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24247 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24249 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24250 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24251 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24252 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24253 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24254 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24256 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24257 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24258 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24260 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24261 User should not set this variable manually,
24262 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24263 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24264 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24266 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24267 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24268 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24269 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24271 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24272 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24274 \\<mail-mode-map>
24275 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24277 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24278 to move to message header fields:
24279 \\{mail-mode-map}
24281 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24282 when the message is initialized.
24284 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24285 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24287 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24288 is inserted.
24290 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24291 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24293 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24294 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24295 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24296 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24297 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24298 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24299 buffer without erasing the contents.
24301 The second through fifth arguments,
24302 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24303 the initial contents of those header fields.
24304 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24305 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24306 original message being replied to, or else an action
24307 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24308 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24309 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24310 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24311 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24312 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24314 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24316 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24317 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24319 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24321 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24322 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24324 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24326 ;;;***
24328 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24329 ;;;;;; server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (20639
24330 ;;;;;; 35129 235843 0))
24331 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24333 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24335 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24337 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24339 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24340 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24341 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24342 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24343 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24344 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24346 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24347 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24349 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24350 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24351 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24353 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24354 \\[server-start].
24356 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24358 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24359 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24360 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24361 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24363 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24365 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24366 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24367 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24368 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24369 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24370 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24372 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24374 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24375 Toggle Server mode.
24376 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24377 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24378 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24380 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24381 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24382 `server-start' for details.
24384 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24386 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24387 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24388 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24390 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24391 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24393 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24395 ;;;***
24397 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (20657 65077 880084 0))
24398 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24400 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24401 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24402 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24404 Key definitions:
24405 \\{ses-mode-map}
24406 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24407 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24408 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24409 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24411 \(fn)" t nil)
24413 ;;;***
24415 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24416 ;;;;;; (20665 59189 799105 0))
24417 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24419 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24420 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24421 Makes > match <.
24422 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24423 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24425 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24426 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24427 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24429 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24430 in your init file.
24432 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24434 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24435 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24436 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24438 \(fn)" t nil)
24440 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24441 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24442 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24443 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24444 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24445 which this is based.
24447 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24449 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24450 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24451 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24452 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24454 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24455 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24456 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24458 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24459 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24460 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24461 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24463 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24464 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24465 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24466 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24468 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24470 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24471 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24472 To work around that, do:
24473 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24475 \\{html-mode-map}
24477 \(fn)" t nil)
24479 ;;;***
24481 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24482 ;;;;;; (20665 59189 799105 0))
24483 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24484 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24486 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24487 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24488 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24489 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24490 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24491 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24493 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24494 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24495 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24496 shell-specific features.
24498 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24499 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24500 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24501 \\<sh-mode-map>
24502 \\[sh-case] case statement
24503 \\[sh-for] for loop
24504 \\[sh-function] function definition
24505 \\[sh-if] if statement
24506 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24507 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24508 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24509 \\[sh-select] select loop
24510 \\[sh-until] until loop
24511 \\[sh-while] while loop
24513 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24514 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24515 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24516 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24517 would indent to the way it currently is.
24518 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24519 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24522 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24523 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24524 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24525 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24526 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24527 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24529 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24530 unquoted < insert a here document.
24532 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24533 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24534 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24536 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24537 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24539 \(fn)" t nil)
24541 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24543 ;;;***
24545 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24546 ;;;;;; (20572 16038 402143 0))
24547 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24549 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24550 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24552 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24553 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24554 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24556 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24557 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24558 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24559 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24560 the earlier.
24562 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24564 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24566 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24567 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24568 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24570 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24571 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24573 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24574 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24575 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24576 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24577 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24578 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24579 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24580 Emacs version).
24582 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24583 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24584 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24585 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24586 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24588 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24589 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24591 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24593 ;;;***
24595 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24596 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (20355
24597 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
24598 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24600 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24601 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24602 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24603 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24604 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24605 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24606 sites in the cluster.
24608 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24610 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24611 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24612 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24613 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24614 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24616 \(fn)" t nil)
24618 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24619 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24620 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24621 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24622 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24623 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24624 `shadow-define-cluster').
24626 \(fn)" t nil)
24628 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24629 Set up file shadowing.
24631 \(fn)" t nil)
24633 ;;;***
24635 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24636 ;;;;;; (20664 38325 385623 0))
24637 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24639 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24640 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24641 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24642 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24643 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24644 arguments.")
24646 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24648 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24649 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24650 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24651 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24652 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24654 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24655 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24656 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24657 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24658 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24659 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24660 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24661 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24662 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24663 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24664 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24666 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24667 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24668 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24669 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24670 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24671 `default-process-coding-system'.
24673 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24674 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24675 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24676 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24678 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24680 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24682 ;;;***
24684 ;;;### (autoloads (shr-insert-document) "shr" "gnus/shr.el" (20595
24685 ;;;;;; 63909 923329 0))
24686 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/shr.el
24688 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24689 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24690 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24691 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24693 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24695 ;;;***
24697 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-kill sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload
24698 ;;;;;; sieve-manage) "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (20487 57003 603251
24699 ;;;;;; 0))
24700 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24702 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24705 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24707 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24710 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24712 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24715 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24717 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24720 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24722 ;;;***
24724 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24725 ;;;;;; (20487 57003 603251 0))
24726 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24728 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24729 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24730 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24731 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24732 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24734 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24736 \(fn)" t nil)
24738 ;;;***
24740 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (20355
24741 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
24742 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24744 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24745 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24746 \\{simula-mode-map}
24747 Variables controlling indentation style:
24748 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24749 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24750 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24751 `simula-indent-level'
24752 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24753 `simula-substatement-offset'
24754 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24755 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24756 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24757 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24758 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24759 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24760 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24761 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24762 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24763 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24764 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24765 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24766 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24767 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24768 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24769 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24770 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24771 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24772 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24773 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24774 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24775 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24776 or nil if they should not be changed.
24777 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24778 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24779 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24780 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24782 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24783 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24785 \(fn)" t nil)
24787 ;;;***
24789 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24790 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (20541 6907 775259
24791 ;;;;;; 0))
24792 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24794 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24795 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24797 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24798 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24799 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24800 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24802 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24804 (put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24806 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24807 Insert SKELETON.
24808 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24809 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24810 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24811 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24812 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24814 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24815 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24817 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24819 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24820 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24822 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24823 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24824 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24825 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24827 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24828 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24829 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24830 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24832 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24833 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24834 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24836 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24837 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24839 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24840 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24842 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24843 _ interesting point, interregion here
24844 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24845 interesting point set by _
24846 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24847 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24848 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24849 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24850 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24851 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24852 nil skipped
24854 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24855 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24857 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24858 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24859 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24860 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24861 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24862 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24863 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24864 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24866 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24867 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24868 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24869 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24870 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24871 available:
24873 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24874 then: insert previously read string once more
24875 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24876 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24877 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24879 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24880 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24882 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24884 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24885 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24887 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24888 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24889 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24890 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24891 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24892 such as backslash.
24894 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24895 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24896 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24898 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24900 ;;;***
24902 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
24903 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (20585 28088 480237 0))
24904 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24906 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24907 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24908 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24909 buffer names.
24911 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24913 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24914 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24915 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24916 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24917 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24918 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24920 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24922 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24923 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24924 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24926 \(fn)" t nil)
24928 ;;;***
24930 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24931 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
24932 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24934 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24935 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24936 A list of images is returned.
24938 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24940 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24941 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24942 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24944 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24946 ;;;***
24948 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24949 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (20551 9899 283417 0))
24950 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24952 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24955 \(fn)" nil nil)
24957 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24958 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24960 \(fn)" t nil)
24962 ;;;***
24964 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (20478 3673 653810
24965 ;;;;;; 0))
24966 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24968 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24969 Play the Snake game.
24970 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24972 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24974 Snake mode keybindings:
24975 \\<snake-mode-map>
24976 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24977 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24978 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24979 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24980 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24981 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24982 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24984 \(fn)" t nil)
24986 ;;;***
24988 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24989 ;;;;;; (20577 33959 40183 0))
24990 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24992 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24993 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24994 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24995 Tab indents for C code.
24996 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24997 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24998 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24999 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25000 `snmp-mode-hook'.
25002 \(fn)" t nil)
25004 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25005 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25006 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25007 Tab indents for C code.
25008 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25009 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25010 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25011 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25012 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25014 \(fn)" t nil)
25016 ;;;***
25018 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (20566
25019 ;;;;;; 63671 243798 0))
25020 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25022 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25023 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25024 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25025 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25026 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25028 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
25030 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25032 ;;;***
25034 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (20427
25035 ;;;;;; 14766 970343 0))
25036 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25038 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25039 Play Solitaire.
25041 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25042 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25043 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25044 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25045 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25046 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25047 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25048 check after each move or undo.)
25050 What is Solitaire?
25052 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25053 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25054 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25056 Le Solitaire
25057 ============
25059 o o o
25061 o o o
25063 o o o o o o o
25065 o o o . o o o
25067 o o o o o o o
25069 o o o
25071 o o o
25073 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25074 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25075 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25076 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25078 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25079 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25080 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25081 this: o o .
25083 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25084 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25086 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25088 o o o
25090 . o o
25092 o o . o o o o
25094 o . o o o o o
25096 o o o o o o o
25098 o o o
25100 o o o
25102 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
25104 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25106 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25108 ;;;***
25110 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
25111 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
25112 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (20507 42276 222255
25113 ;;;;;; 0))
25114 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25115 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25117 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25118 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25120 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25121 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25122 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25123 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25124 contiguous.
25126 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25127 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25128 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25129 the sort order.
25131 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25132 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25134 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25135 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25136 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25137 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25138 is called.
25140 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25141 It should move point to the end of the record.
25143 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25144 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25145 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25146 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25147 starts at the beginning of the record.
25149 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25150 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25151 same as ENDRECFUN.
25153 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
25154 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
25156 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25158 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25159 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25160 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25161 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25162 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25163 the sort order.
25165 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25167 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25168 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25169 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25170 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25171 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25172 the sort order.
25174 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25176 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25177 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25178 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25179 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25180 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25181 the sort order.
25183 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25184 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25186 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25187 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25188 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25189 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25190 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25191 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25192 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25193 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25194 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25196 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25198 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25199 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25200 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25201 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25202 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25203 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25204 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25205 the sort order.
25207 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25209 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25210 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25211 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25212 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25214 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25215 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25217 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25218 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25219 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25220 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25221 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25222 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25223 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25224 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25226 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25228 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25229 the sort order.
25231 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25232 starting with the letter \"f\",
25233 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25235 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25237 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25238 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25239 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25240 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25241 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25242 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25243 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25244 the sort order.
25246 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25247 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25248 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25249 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25250 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25252 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25254 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25255 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25256 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25258 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25260 ;;;***
25262 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (20458
25263 ;;;;;; 56750 651721 0))
25264 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25266 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25267 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25268 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25269 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25270 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25271 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25273 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25275 ;;;***
25277 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25278 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25279 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
25280 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25282 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25283 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25285 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25286 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25287 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25289 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25291 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25292 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25293 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25294 server.
25296 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25298 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25299 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25300 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25302 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25304 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25305 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25306 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25307 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25308 Agent is plugged.
25310 \(fn)" t nil)
25312 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25313 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25314 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25315 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25317 \(fn)" t nil)
25319 ;;;***
25321 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25322 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (20648 50109 802321 0))
25323 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25325 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25327 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25328 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25329 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25330 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25331 supported at a time.
25332 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25333 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25335 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25337 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25338 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25339 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25340 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25342 \(fn)" t nil)
25344 ;;;***
25346 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (20355
25347 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
25348 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25350 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25351 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25353 \(fn)" t nil)
25355 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25356 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25358 \(fn)" nil nil)
25360 ;;;***
25362 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25363 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25364 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-connect
25365 ;;;;;; sql-mode sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
25366 ;;;;;; (20654 2487 96777 0))
25367 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25369 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25370 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25372 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25373 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25374 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25375 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25376 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25377 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25378 of the current highlighting list.
25380 For example:
25382 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25383 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25385 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25386 `_t' as data types.
25388 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25390 (eval '(defun sql-help nil #("Show short help for the SQL modes.\n\nUse an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is\nusually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.\n\nUse the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:\n\n \\\\FREE\n\nOther non-free SQL implementations are also supported:\n\n \\\\NONFREE\n\nBut we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.\n\nYou can also use \\[sql-product-interactive] to invoke the\ninterpreter for the current `sql-product'.\n\nOnce you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the\nbuffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt\nis generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions\nthat help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.\n\nIf you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a\nprocedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in\n`sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be\nanything. The name of the major mode is SQL.\n\nIn this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire\nbuffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are\nappended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." 0 1 (dynamic-docstring-function sql--make-help-docstring)) (interactive) (describe-function 'sql-help)))
25392 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25393 Major mode to edit SQL.
25395 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25396 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25397 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25399 \\{sql-mode-map}
25400 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25402 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25403 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25404 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25405 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25406 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25407 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25409 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25410 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25412 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25413 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25414 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25416 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25417 (lambda ()
25418 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25420 \(fn)" t nil)
25422 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25423 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25425 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25426 their settings.
25428 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25429 is specified in the connection settings.
25431 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25433 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25434 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25436 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25437 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25439 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25440 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25441 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25442 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25444 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25446 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25448 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25449 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25451 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25452 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25453 `*SQL*'.
25455 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25456 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25457 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25458 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25460 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25461 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25463 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25464 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25465 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25466 buffer.
25468 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25469 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25470 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25471 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25472 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25473 `default-process-coding-system'.
25475 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25477 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25479 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25480 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25482 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25483 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25484 `*SQL*'.
25486 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25487 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25488 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25489 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25491 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25492 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25494 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25495 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25496 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25497 buffer.
25499 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25500 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25501 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25502 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25503 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25504 `default-process-coding-system'.
25506 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25508 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25510 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25511 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25513 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25514 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25515 `*SQL*'.
25517 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25518 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25520 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25521 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25523 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25524 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25525 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25526 buffer.
25528 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25529 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25530 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25531 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25532 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25533 `default-process-coding-system'.
25535 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25537 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25539 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25540 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25542 SQLite is free software.
25544 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25545 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25546 `*SQL*'.
25548 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25549 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25550 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25551 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25553 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25554 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25556 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25557 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25558 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25559 buffer.
25561 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25562 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25563 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25564 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25565 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25566 `default-process-coding-system'.
25568 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25570 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25572 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25573 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25575 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25577 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25578 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25579 `*SQL*'.
25581 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25582 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25583 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25584 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25586 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25587 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25589 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25590 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25591 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25592 buffer.
25594 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25595 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25596 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25597 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25598 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25599 `default-process-coding-system'.
25601 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25603 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25605 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25606 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25608 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25609 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25610 `*SQL*'.
25612 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25613 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25614 defaults, if set.
25616 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25617 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25619 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25620 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25621 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25622 buffer.
25624 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25625 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25626 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25627 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25628 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25629 `default-process-coding-system'.
25631 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25633 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25635 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25636 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25638 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25639 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25640 `*SQL*'.
25642 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25643 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25645 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25646 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25648 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25649 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25650 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25651 buffer.
25653 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25654 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25655 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25656 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25657 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25658 `default-process-coding-system'.
25660 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25662 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25664 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25665 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25667 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25668 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25669 `*SQL*'.
25671 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25672 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25673 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25674 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25676 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25677 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25679 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25680 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25681 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25682 buffer.
25684 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25685 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25686 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25687 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25688 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25689 `default-process-coding-system'.
25691 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25693 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25695 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25696 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25698 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25699 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25700 `*SQL*'.
25702 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25703 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25704 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25705 `sql-postgres-options'.
25707 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25708 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25710 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25711 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25712 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25713 buffer.
25715 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25716 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25717 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25718 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25719 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25720 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25721 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25722 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25724 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25725 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25727 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25729 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25731 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25732 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25734 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25735 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25736 `*SQL*'.
25738 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25739 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25740 defaults, if set.
25742 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25743 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25745 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25746 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25747 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25748 buffer.
25750 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25751 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25752 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25753 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25754 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25755 `default-process-coding-system'.
25757 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25759 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25761 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25762 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25764 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25765 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25766 `*SQL*'.
25768 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25769 automatic login.
25771 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25772 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25774 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25775 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25776 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25777 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25779 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25780 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25781 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25782 buffer.
25784 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25785 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25786 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25787 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25788 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25789 `default-process-coding-system'.
25791 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25793 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25795 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25796 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25798 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25799 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25800 `*SQL*'.
25802 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25803 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25804 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25805 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25806 parameters.
25808 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25809 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25810 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25811 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25812 an empty password.
25814 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25815 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25817 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25818 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
25819 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25820 buffer.
25822 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25824 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25826 ;;;***
25828 ;;;### (autoloads (srecode-template-mode) "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25829 ;;;;;; (20642 11326 759953 0))
25830 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25832 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25833 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25835 \(fn)" t nil)
25837 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25839 ;;;***
25841 ;;;### (autoloads (starttls-open-stream) "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el"
25842 ;;;;;; (20606 34222 123795 0))
25843 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25845 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25846 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25847 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25848 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25849 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25850 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25851 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25852 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25853 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25854 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25855 with any buffer
25856 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25857 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25858 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25859 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25861 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25863 ;;;***
25865 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25866 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25867 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25868 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25869 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (20593
25870 ;;;;;; 22184 581574 0))
25871 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25873 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25874 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25875 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25876 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25877 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25878 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25880 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25882 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25884 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25885 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25886 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25887 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25888 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25889 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25890 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25892 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25894 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25895 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25896 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25897 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25898 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25899 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25900 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25902 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25904 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25905 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25906 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25908 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25910 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25911 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25912 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25914 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25916 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25917 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25919 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25921 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25922 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25924 \(fn)" t nil)
25926 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25927 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25929 \(fn)" t nil)
25931 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25932 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25933 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25934 chronologically by command name.
25935 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25937 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25939 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25940 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25941 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25942 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25943 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25944 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25946 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25948 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25949 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25950 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25951 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25952 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25954 \\<strokes-mode-map>
25955 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25956 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25957 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25958 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25960 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25961 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25962 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25963 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25965 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25967 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25969 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25970 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25971 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25972 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25974 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25976 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25977 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25979 \(fn)" t nil)
25981 ;;;***
25983 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25984 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
25985 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25987 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25988 Studlify-case the region.
25990 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25992 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25993 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25995 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25997 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25998 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26000 \(fn)" t nil)
26002 ;;;***
26004 ;;;### (autoloads (global-subword-mode subword-mode) "subword" "progmodes/subword.el"
26005 ;;;;;; (20524 51365 2559 0))
26006 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
26008 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
26009 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
26010 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
26011 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26012 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26014 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
26015 word-based editing commands to subword-based commands that handle
26016 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
26017 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
26019 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
26020 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
26021 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
26023 Nomenclature Subwords
26024 ===========================================================
26025 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
26026 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
26027 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
26029 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
26030 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
26031 as words.
26033 \\{subword-mode-map}
26035 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26037 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
26038 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
26039 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26040 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26041 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26042 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
26044 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
26046 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
26047 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
26048 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
26049 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26050 ARG is omitted or nil.
26052 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26053 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26054 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26056 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26058 ;;;***
26060 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
26061 ;;;;;; (20576 42138 697312 0))
26062 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26064 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26065 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26066 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26067 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26068 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26069 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26070 original message but it does require a few things:
26072 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26074 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26075 reply buffer.
26077 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26078 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26079 original message.
26081 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26083 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26085 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26086 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26087 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26089 \(fn)" nil nil)
26091 ;;;***
26093 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (20355
26094 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
26095 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26097 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26099 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26100 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26101 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26102 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26103 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26104 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26106 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26108 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26109 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26110 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26111 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26112 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26114 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26115 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26116 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26118 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26120 ;;;***
26122 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (20355 10021
26123 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
26124 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26126 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26127 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26128 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26129 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26130 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26132 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26134 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26135 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26136 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26137 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26138 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26139 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26140 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26142 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26144 ;;;***
26146 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
26147 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
26148 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
26149 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
26150 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
26151 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
26152 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
26153 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
26154 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
26155 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
26156 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
26157 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
26158 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (20660 41272 835092 0))
26159 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26161 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26162 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26163 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26165 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26167 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26168 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26170 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26172 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26173 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26175 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26177 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26178 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26180 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26182 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26183 Insert an editable text table.
26184 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26185 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26186 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26187 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26188 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26189 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26190 delimiting them.
26192 Examples:
26194 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26196 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26197 location of point.
26201 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26202 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26203 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26204 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26205 first cell.
26207 +-----+-----+-----+
26208 |-!- | | |
26209 +-----+-----+-----+
26211 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26213 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26214 width, which results as
26216 +--------------+-----+-----+
26217 |-!- | | |
26218 +--------------+-----+-----+
26220 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26221 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26223 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26224 | | |-!- |
26225 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26227 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26228 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26229 width information to `table-insert'.
26231 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26233 instead of
26235 Cell width(s): 5
26237 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26238 work all together.
26240 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26241 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26243 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26244 |-!- | | |
26245 | | | |
26246 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26248 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26250 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26251 |-!- | | |
26252 | | | |
26253 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26254 | | | |
26255 | | | |
26256 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26258 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26260 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26261 | | | |
26262 | | | |
26263 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26264 | | | |
26265 | | | |
26266 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26269 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26270 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26271 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26273 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26274 | | | |
26275 | | | |
26276 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26277 | | | |
26278 | | | |
26279 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26280 |-!- | | |
26281 | | | |
26282 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26284 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26285 results.
26287 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26288 | | | |
26289 | | | |
26290 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26291 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26292 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26293 | | |expected results.-!- |
26294 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26295 | | | |
26296 | | | |
26297 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26299 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26301 \\{table-cell-map}
26303 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26305 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26306 Insert N table row(s).
26307 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26308 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26309 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26310 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26312 \(fn N)" t nil)
26314 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26315 Insert N table column(s).
26316 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26317 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26318 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26319 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26321 \(fn N)" t nil)
26323 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26324 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26325 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26327 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26329 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26330 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26331 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26332 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26333 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26334 all the table specific features.
26336 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26338 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26341 \(fn)" t nil)
26343 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26344 Recognize all tables within region.
26345 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26346 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26347 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26348 specific features.
26350 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26352 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26355 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26357 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26358 Recognize a table at point.
26359 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26360 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26361 the table specific features.
26363 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26365 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26368 \(fn)" t nil)
26370 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26371 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26372 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26373 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26374 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26375 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26376 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26378 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26380 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26383 \(fn)" t nil)
26385 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26386 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26387 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26388 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26389 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26390 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26391 specified.
26393 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26395 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26396 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26397 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26398 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26399 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26400 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26401 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26402 table structure.
26404 \(fn N)" t nil)
26406 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26407 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26408 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26409 table's rectangle structure.
26411 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26413 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26414 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26415 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26416 table's rectangle structure.
26418 \(fn N)" t nil)
26420 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26421 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26422 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26423 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26424 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26426 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26428 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26429 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26430 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26432 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26433 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26434 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26435 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26436 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26437 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26438 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26440 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26441 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26442 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26443 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26444 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26445 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26446 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26448 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26449 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26450 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26451 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26452 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26453 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26454 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26455 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26457 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26459 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26460 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26461 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26462 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26464 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26466 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26467 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26468 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26470 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26472 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26473 Split current cell vertically.
26474 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26476 \(fn)" t nil)
26478 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26479 Split current cell horizontally.
26480 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26482 \(fn)" t nil)
26484 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26485 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26486 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26488 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26490 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26491 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26492 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26493 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26495 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26497 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26498 Justify cell contents.
26499 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26500 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26501 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26502 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26504 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26506 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26507 Justify cells of a row.
26508 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26509 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26511 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26513 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26514 Justify cells of a column.
26515 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26516 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26518 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26520 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26521 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26522 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26523 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26524 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26525 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26526 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26527 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26528 run-time.
26530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26532 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26533 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26534 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26535 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26536 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26537 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26538 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26539 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26540 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26541 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26542 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26544 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26546 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26547 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26548 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26549 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26550 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26551 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26552 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26553 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26554 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26555 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26556 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26557 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26558 untouched.
26560 References used for this implementation:
26562 HTML:
26563 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26565 LaTeX:
26566 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26568 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26569 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26570 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26572 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26574 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26575 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26576 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26577 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26578 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26579 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26580 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26581 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26582 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26583 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26584 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26585 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26586 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26587 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26588 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26589 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26590 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26592 Example:
26594 (progn
26595 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26596 (table-forward-cell 15)
26597 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26598 (table-forward-cell 16)
26599 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26600 (table-forward-cell 1)
26601 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26603 (progn
26604 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26605 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26606 (table-forward-cell 1)
26607 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26609 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26611 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26612 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26613 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26614 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26615 consists from cells of same height.
26617 \(fn N)" t nil)
26619 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26620 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26621 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26622 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26623 column must consists from cells of same width.
26625 \(fn N)" t nil)
26627 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26628 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26629 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26630 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26631 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26632 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26633 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26634 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26635 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26636 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26637 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26638 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26639 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26640 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26641 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26644 Example 1:
26646 1, 2, 3, 4
26647 5, 6, 7, 8
26648 , 9, 10
26650 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26651 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26652 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26653 specified as 5.
26655 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26656 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26657 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26658 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26659 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26660 | | 9 | 10 | |
26661 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26663 Note:
26665 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26666 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26667 of each row is optional.
26670 Example 2:
26672 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26673 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26674 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26675 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26676 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26678 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26679 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26681 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26682 expression and raw delimiter regular
26683 expression, it parses the specified text
26684 area and extracts cell items from
26685 non-table text and then forms a table out
26686 of them.
26688 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26689 creates a single cell table. The text in
26690 the specified region is placed in that
26691 cell.-*-
26693 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26694 like this.
26696 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26697 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26698 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26700 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26701 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26702 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26703 | area and extracts cell items from |
26704 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26705 | of them. |
26707 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26708 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26709 | the specified region is placed in that |
26710 | cell. |
26711 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26713 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26714 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26715 independently.
26717 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26718 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26719 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26720 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26721 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26722 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26723 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26724 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26725 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26726 | |of them. |
26727 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26728 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26729 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26730 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26731 | |cell. |
26732 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26734 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26735 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26736 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26738 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26740 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26741 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26742 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26743 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26744 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26746 \(fn)" t nil)
26748 ;;;***
26750 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (20355 10021
26751 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
26752 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26754 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26755 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26757 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26759 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26760 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26762 \(fn)" t nil)
26764 ;;;***
26766 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (20585 28088
26767 ;;;;;; 480237 0))
26768 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26770 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26771 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26772 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26773 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26774 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26775 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26776 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26778 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26779 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26780 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26781 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26783 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26784 \\{tar-mode-map}
26786 \(fn)" t nil)
26788 ;;;***
26790 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26791 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (20580 10161 446444 0))
26792 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26794 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26795 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26796 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26797 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26798 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26799 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26801 Variables controlling indentation style:
26802 `tcl-indent-level'
26803 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26804 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26805 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26807 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26808 documentation for details):
26809 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26810 Controls action of TAB key.
26811 `tcl-auto-newline'
26812 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26813 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26814 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26815 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26816 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26818 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26819 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26820 already exist.
26822 \(fn)" t nil)
26824 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26825 Run inferior Tcl process.
26826 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26827 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26829 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26831 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26832 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26833 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26835 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26837 ;;;***
26839 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (20355 10021
26840 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
26841 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26843 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26844 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26845 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26846 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26848 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26849 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26850 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26851 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26852 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26854 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26856 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26857 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26858 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26859 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26861 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26863 ;;;***
26865 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
26866 ;;;;;; (20648 50109 802321 0))
26867 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26869 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26870 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26871 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26872 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26873 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26874 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26876 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26878 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26879 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26880 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26881 commands to use in that buffer.
26883 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26885 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26887 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26888 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26890 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26892 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26893 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26894 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26895 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26896 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26897 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26898 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26899 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26900 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26901 use in that buffer.
26902 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26904 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26906 ;;;***
26908 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (20355
26909 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
26910 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26912 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
26913 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26914 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26915 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26916 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26917 program as keyboard input.
26919 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26920 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26921 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26922 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26924 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26925 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26926 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26927 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26928 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26930 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26932 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26933 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26934 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26935 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26937 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26938 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26939 subprocess started.
26941 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26943 ;;;***
26945 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26946 ;;;;;; (20580 10161 446444 0))
26947 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26949 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26950 Start coverage on function under point.
26952 \(fn)" t nil)
26954 ;;;***
26956 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (20545 57511
26957 ;;;;;; 257469 0))
26958 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26960 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26961 Play the Tetris game.
26962 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26963 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26964 as to form complete rows.
26966 tetris-mode keybindings:
26967 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26968 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26969 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26970 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26971 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26972 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26973 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26974 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26975 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26977 \(fn)" t nil)
26979 ;;;***
26981 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26982 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26983 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26984 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26985 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26986 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26987 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26988 ;;;;;; (20665 59189 799105 0))
26989 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26991 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26992 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26994 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26996 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26997 Directory in which temporary files are written.
26998 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26999 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27000 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27002 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27004 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27005 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27006 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27007 if it matches the first line of the file,
27008 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27010 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27012 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27013 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27014 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27015 if the variable is non-nil.")
27017 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27019 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27020 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27022 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27024 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
27025 Command used to run TeX subjob.
27026 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27027 See the documentation of that variable.")
27029 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27031 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
27032 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27033 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27034 See the documentation of that variable.")
27036 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27038 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
27039 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27040 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27041 See the documentation of that variable.")
27043 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27045 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
27046 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27047 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27048 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27049 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27051 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27053 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
27054 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27055 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27056 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27058 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27060 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27061 User defined LaTeX block names.
27062 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27064 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27066 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27067 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27068 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27069 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27071 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27073 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27074 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27075 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27076 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27078 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27080 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27081 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27082 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27083 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27085 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27086 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27087 for example,
27089 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27090 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27092 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27093 use.")
27095 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27097 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27098 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27099 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27100 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27101 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27103 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27105 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27107 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27108 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27109 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27111 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27113 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27114 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27115 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27116 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27117 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27119 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27121 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27122 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27124 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27126 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27127 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27129 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27131 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27132 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27133 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27134 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27135 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27136 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27137 says which mode to use.
27139 \(fn)" t nil)
27141 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27143 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27145 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27147 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27148 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27149 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27150 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27151 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27153 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27154 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27155 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27156 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27157 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27158 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27159 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27161 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27162 mismatched $'s or braces.
27164 Special commands:
27165 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27167 Mode variables:
27168 tex-run-command
27169 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27170 tex-directory
27171 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27172 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27173 tex-dvi-print-command
27174 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27175 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27176 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27177 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27178 tex-dvi-view-command
27179 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27180 tex-show-queue-command
27181 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27182 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27184 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27185 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27186 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27188 \(fn)" t nil)
27190 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27191 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27192 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27193 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27194 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27196 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27197 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27198 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27199 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27200 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27201 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27202 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27204 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27205 mismatched $'s or braces.
27207 Special commands:
27208 \\{latex-mode-map}
27210 Mode variables:
27211 latex-run-command
27212 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27213 tex-directory
27214 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27215 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27216 tex-dvi-print-command
27217 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27218 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27219 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27220 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27221 tex-dvi-view-command
27222 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27223 tex-show-queue-command
27224 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27225 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27227 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27228 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27229 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27231 \(fn)" t nil)
27233 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27234 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27235 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27236 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27237 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27239 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27240 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27241 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27242 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27243 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27244 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27245 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27247 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27248 mismatched $'s or braces.
27250 Special commands:
27251 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27253 Mode variables:
27254 slitex-run-command
27255 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27256 tex-directory
27257 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27258 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27259 tex-dvi-print-command
27260 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27261 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27262 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27263 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27264 tex-dvi-view-command
27265 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27266 tex-show-queue-command
27267 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27268 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27270 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27271 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27272 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27273 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27275 \(fn)" t nil)
27277 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27280 \(fn)" nil nil)
27282 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27283 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27285 \(fn)" t nil)
27287 ;;;***
27289 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27290 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (20434 17809 692608 0))
27291 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27293 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27294 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27295 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27296 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27298 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27299 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27300 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27302 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27304 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27305 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27306 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27307 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27308 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27310 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27312 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27313 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27314 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27315 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27317 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27318 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27319 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27320 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27322 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27323 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27325 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27327 ;;;***
27329 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27330 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (20665 59189 799105 0))
27331 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27333 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27334 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27336 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27338 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27339 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27341 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27343 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27344 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27346 It has these extra commands:
27347 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27349 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27350 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27351 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27352 modified version of TeX input format.
27354 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27355 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27356 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27357 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27359 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27360 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27361 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27362 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27363 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27364 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27365 in the Texinfo file.
27367 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27368 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27369 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27370 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27371 move forward past the closing brace.
27373 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27374 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27376 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27377 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27378 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27380 Here are the functions:
27382 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27383 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27384 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27386 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27387 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27388 texinfo-master-menu
27390 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27392 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27393 which menu descriptions are indented.
27395 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27396 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27397 in the region.
27399 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27400 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27401 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27402 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27404 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27405 be the first node in the file.
27407 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27408 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27410 \(fn)" t nil)
27412 ;;;***
27414 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
27415 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27416 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
27417 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27419 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27420 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27421 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27422 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27424 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27426 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27427 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27429 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27431 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27432 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27434 \(fn)" t nil)
27436 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27439 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27441 ;;;***
27443 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27444 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27445 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (20623 43301 870757 0))
27446 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27448 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27449 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27450 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27451 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27452 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27453 `line', and `page'.
27455 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27457 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27458 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27459 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27460 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27461 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27462 `line', and `page'.
27464 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27465 valid THING.
27467 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27468 positions of the thing found.
27470 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27472 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27473 Return the THING at point.
27474 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27475 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27476 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27477 `line', `number', and `page'.
27479 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27480 a symbol as a valid THING.
27482 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27484 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27485 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27487 \(fn)" nil nil)
27489 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27490 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27492 \(fn)" nil nil)
27494 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27495 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27497 \(fn)" nil nil)
27499 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27500 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27502 \(fn)" nil nil)
27504 ;;;***
27506 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27507 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27508 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
27509 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27511 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27512 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27514 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27516 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27517 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27518 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27519 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27521 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27523 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27524 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27526 \(fn)" t nil)
27528 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27529 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27531 \(fn)" t nil)
27533 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27535 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27536 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27538 \(fn)" t nil)
27540 ;;;***
27542 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27543 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27544 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
27545 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
27546 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (20355
27547 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
27548 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27550 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27551 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27552 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27554 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27556 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27557 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27559 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27561 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27562 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27563 The returned string has no composition information.
27565 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27567 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27568 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27570 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27572 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27573 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27575 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27577 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27578 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27579 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27580 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27582 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27584 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27585 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27586 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27587 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27589 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27591 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27592 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27593 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27595 \(fn)" t nil)
27597 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27598 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27599 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27601 \(fn)" t nil)
27603 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27606 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27608 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27611 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27613 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27616 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27618 ;;;***
27620 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27621 ;;;;;; (20373 11301 906925 0))
27622 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27624 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27625 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27626 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27627 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27628 parameters.
27629 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27631 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27633 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27634 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27635 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27636 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27637 parameters.
27638 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27640 \(fn)" t nil)
27642 ;;;***
27644 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
27645 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27646 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (20619 46245 806932 0))
27647 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27649 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27650 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27652 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27653 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27655 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27656 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27657 This display updates automatically every minute.
27658 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27659 are displayed as well.
27660 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27662 \(fn)" t nil)
27664 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27665 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27666 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27667 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27668 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27669 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27671 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27673 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27674 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27675 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27676 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27677 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27679 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27680 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27681 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27682 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27683 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27685 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27687 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27688 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27689 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27690 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27692 \(fn)" t nil)
27694 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27695 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27696 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27697 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27699 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27701 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27702 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27704 \(fn)" t nil)
27706 ;;;***
27708 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
27709 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
27710 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
27711 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el"
27712 ;;;;;; (20652 47164 970964 0))
27713 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27715 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27716 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27717 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27719 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27720 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27721 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27722 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27723 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27724 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27726 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27727 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27729 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27731 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27732 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
27734 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27736 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27737 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27739 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27741 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27742 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27743 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27745 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27747 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27749 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27750 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27751 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27753 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27755 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27756 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27758 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27760 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27761 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27762 DATE should be a date-time string.
27764 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27766 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27767 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27768 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27770 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27772 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27773 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27775 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27777 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27778 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27780 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27782 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27783 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27784 TIME should be a time value.
27785 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27787 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27789 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27790 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27791 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27793 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27795 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27796 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27797 The valid format specifiers are:
27798 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27799 %d is the number of days.
27800 %h is the number of hours.
27801 %m is the number of minutes.
27802 %s is the number of seconds.
27803 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27804 %% is a literal \"%\".
27806 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27807 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27809 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27810 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27811 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27813 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27814 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27815 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27817 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27819 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27821 ;;;***
27823 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27824 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
27825 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27826 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27827 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27828 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27829 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27830 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27831 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27832 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27833 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27835 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27836 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27837 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27838 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
27839 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27840 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27841 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27842 look like one of the following:
27843 Time-stamp: <>
27844 Time-stamp: \" \"
27845 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27846 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27847 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27848 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27849 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27850 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27851 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27852 the template.
27854 \(fn)" t nil)
27856 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27857 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27858 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27860 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27862 ;;;***
27864 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27865 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27866 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27867 ;;;;;; timeclock-mode-line-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27868 ;;;;;; (20593 22184 581574 0))
27869 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27871 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27872 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27873 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27874 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27875 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27876 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27877 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27878 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27879 display (non-nil means on).
27881 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27883 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27884 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27885 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27886 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27887 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27888 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27889 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27890 this function is called within a day.
27892 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27893 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27894 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27895 discover the name of the project.
27897 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27899 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27900 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27901 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27902 begun during the last time segment.
27904 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27905 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27906 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27907 discover the reason.
27909 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27911 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27912 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27913 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27914 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27915 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27917 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27919 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27920 Change to working on a different project.
27921 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27922 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27923 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27924 working on.
27926 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27928 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27929 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27930 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27932 \(fn)" nil nil)
27934 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27935 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27936 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27938 \(fn)" t nil)
27940 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27941 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27942 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27943 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27944 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27945 \"relative to today\".
27947 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27949 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27950 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27951 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27952 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27954 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27956 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27957 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27958 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27959 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27960 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27961 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27963 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27965 ;;;***
27967 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27968 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
27969 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27971 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27972 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27973 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27974 the generated Quail package is saved.
27976 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27978 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27979 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27980 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27981 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27982 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27983 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27984 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27986 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27988 ;;;***
27990 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27991 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (20622 22438 32851 0))
27992 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27993 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27994 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27996 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27997 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27998 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27999 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28000 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28002 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28004 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28005 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28006 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28007 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28008 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28010 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28012 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28013 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28014 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28015 in the menu in two ways:
28016 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28017 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28018 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28020 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28021 keymap or an alist of alists.
28022 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28023 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28025 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28027 ;;;***
28029 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
28030 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
28031 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
28032 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28034 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
28035 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
28037 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
28039 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
28040 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
28042 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
28044 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
28045 Insert new TODO list entry.
28046 With a prefix argument ARG solicit the category, otherwise use the current
28047 category.
28049 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28051 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
28052 List top priorities for each category.
28054 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
28055 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'.
28057 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
28058 between each category.
28059 INTERACTIVE should be non-nil if this function is called interactively.
28061 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28063 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
28064 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
28065 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
28066 between each category.
28068 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
28070 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28072 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28073 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
28075 \(fn)" t nil)
28077 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
28078 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
28080 \(fn)" nil nil)
28082 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28083 Show TODO list.
28085 \(fn)" t nil)
28087 ;;;***
28089 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
28090 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
28091 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
28092 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28094 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28095 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28096 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28098 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28100 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28101 Add an item to the tool bar.
28102 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28103 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28104 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28105 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28107 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28108 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28109 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28110 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28112 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28113 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28115 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28117 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28118 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28119 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28120 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28121 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28122 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28124 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28125 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28126 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28127 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28129 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28131 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28132 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28133 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28134 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28135 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28136 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28137 properties to add to the binding.
28139 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28141 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28142 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28144 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28146 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28147 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28148 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28149 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28150 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28151 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28152 properties to add to the binding.
28154 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28155 holds a keymap.
28157 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28159 ;;;***
28161 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
28162 ;;;;;; (20566 63671 243798 0))
28163 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28165 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28166 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28167 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28168 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28169 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28170 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28172 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28174 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28175 Toggle TPU/edt emulation on or off.
28176 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
28177 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
28178 if ARG is omitted or nil.
28180 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28182 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28184 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28185 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28187 \(fn)" t nil)
28189 ;;;***
28191 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
28192 ;;;;;; (20566 63671 243798 0))
28193 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28195 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28196 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28198 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28199 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
28200 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28201 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28202 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28204 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28205 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28206 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28207 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
28208 you might go about doing that in your init file.
28210 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
28211 (tpu-edt)
28213 Known Problems:
28215 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28216 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
28217 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28218 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
28219 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
28220 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28222 \(fn)" t nil)
28224 ;;;***
28226 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (20355 10021
28227 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
28228 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28230 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28231 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28232 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28233 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28234 to a tcp server on another machine.
28236 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28238 ;;;***
28240 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function-foreground
28241 ;;;;;; trace-buffer) "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (20652 47164
28242 ;;;;;; 970964 0))
28243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28245 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28246 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28248 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28250 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28251 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28252 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28253 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
28254 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28255 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28256 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28257 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28259 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28261 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28262 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28263 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
28264 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
28265 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
28266 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
28267 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
28268 the window or buffer configuration.
28270 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
28272 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28274 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28276 ;;;***
28278 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
28279 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28280 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
28281 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (20652 47164 970964 0))
28282 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28284 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28285 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28286 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28288 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28290 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28291 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28293 It can have the following values:
28295 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28296 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
28297 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
28299 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28301 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\([^[/|:]\\{2,\\}\\|[^/|]\\{2,\\}]\\):" "\\`/\\([^[/|:]+\\|[^/|]+]\\):") "\
28302 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28303 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28304 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28306 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28308 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28309 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28310 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28311 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28313 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/|:]+://" "\
28314 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28315 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28317 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28318 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28319 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28320 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28321 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28322 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28323 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28324 files which are not really Tramp files.
28326 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28327 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28328 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28329 updated after changing this variable.
28331 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28333 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28334 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28335 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28336 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28338 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28340 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28341 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28342 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28343 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28345 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?\\'" "\
28346 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28347 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28349 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28350 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28351 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28353 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28354 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28355 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28356 updated after changing this variable.
28358 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28360 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28361 Alist of completion handler functions.
28362 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28363 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28364 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28366 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28367 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28368 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28369 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28371 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28372 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28373 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28374 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28376 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28377 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28378 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28380 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28382 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28383 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28384 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28386 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
28387 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
28389 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
28391 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28394 \(fn)" nil nil)
28396 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28397 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28399 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28401 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28402 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28404 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28406 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28407 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28409 \(fn)" t nil)
28411 ;;;***
28413 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28414 ;;;;;; (20438 24016 194668 0))
28415 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28417 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28420 \(fn)" nil nil)
28422 ;;;***
28424 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (20584
28425 ;;;;;; 7212 455152 0))
28426 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28428 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28429 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28430 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28431 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28432 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28433 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28434 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28435 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28437 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28438 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28439 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28441 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28442 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28443 resumed later.
28445 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28447 ;;;***
28449 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
28450 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
28451 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28453 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28456 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28458 ;;;***
28460 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28461 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
28462 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28463 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28464 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28465 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28467 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28468 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28469 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28470 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28471 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28472 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28473 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28475 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28477 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28478 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28479 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28480 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28482 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28484 \(fn)" t nil)
28486 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28487 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28488 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28489 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28490 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28491 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28492 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28494 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28495 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28497 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28498 \\___/\\
28499 / \\
28500 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28502 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28504 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28506 ;;;***
28508 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28509 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28510 ;;;;;; (20582 12914 894781 0))
28511 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28513 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28514 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28515 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28516 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28517 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28518 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28520 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28522 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28523 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28524 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28526 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28527 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28528 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28529 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28530 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28531 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28532 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28534 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28535 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28537 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28538 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28539 reset the keystroke counter.
28541 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28542 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28543 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28544 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28546 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28547 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28548 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28549 `type-break-schedule' command.
28551 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28552 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28553 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28554 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28555 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28556 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28557 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28558 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28559 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28561 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28562 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28563 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28564 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28565 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28567 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28568 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28569 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28570 approximate good values for this.
28572 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28573 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28575 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28576 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28577 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28578 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28579 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28580 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28582 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28583 a typing break occur. They include:
28585 `type-break-query-mode'
28586 `type-break-query-function'
28587 `type-break-query-interval'
28589 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28591 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28592 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28593 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28594 problems.
28596 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28598 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28599 Take a typing break.
28601 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28602 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28604 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28605 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28607 \(fn)" t nil)
28609 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28610 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28611 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28612 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28614 \(fn)" t nil)
28616 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28617 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28619 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28620 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28621 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28622 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28623 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28624 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28625 average typing speed.)
28627 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28628 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28629 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28630 the computed maximum threshold.
28632 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28633 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28634 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28635 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28636 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28638 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28640 ;;;***
28642 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (20566 63671
28643 ;;;;;; 243798 0))
28644 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28646 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28647 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28648 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28649 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28650 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28652 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28654 ;;;***
28656 ;;;### (autoloads (ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region
28657 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region
28658 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKC-string ucs-normalize-NFKC-region ucs-normalize-NFKD-string
28659 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKD-region ucs-normalize-NFC-string ucs-normalize-NFC-region
28660 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFD-string ucs-normalize-NFD-region) "ucs-normalize"
28661 ;;;;;; "international/ucs-normalize.el" (20476 31768 298871 0))
28662 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28664 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28665 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28667 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28669 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28670 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28672 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28674 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28675 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28677 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28679 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28680 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28682 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28684 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28685 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28687 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28689 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28690 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28692 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28694 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28695 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28697 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28699 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28700 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28702 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28704 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28705 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28707 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28709 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28710 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28712 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28714 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28715 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28717 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28719 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28720 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28722 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28724 ;;;***
28726 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28727 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
28728 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28730 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28731 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28732 Works by overstriking underscores.
28733 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28734 which specify the range to operate on.
28736 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28738 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28739 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28740 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28741 which specify the range to operate on.
28743 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28745 ;;;***
28747 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28748 ;;;;;; (20369 14251 85829 0))
28749 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28751 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28752 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to system inbox format.
28753 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28754 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28755 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28756 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28758 \(fn)" nil nil)
28760 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28761 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28763 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28765 ;;;***
28767 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (20355
28768 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
28769 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28771 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28772 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28773 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28774 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28776 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28778 ;;;***
28780 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28781 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (20601 16294 451653 0))
28782 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28784 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28785 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28786 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28787 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28788 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28790 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28791 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28792 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28793 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28794 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28795 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28797 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28798 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28799 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28801 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28802 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28803 the callback is not called).
28805 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28806 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28807 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28808 take effect.
28810 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28811 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28812 the server.
28813 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28814 URL-encoded before it's used.
28816 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28818 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28819 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28820 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28821 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28822 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28824 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28826 ;;;***
28828 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28829 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
28830 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28832 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28833 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28834 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28836 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28837 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28838 `url-generic-parse-url'
28839 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28840 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28841 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28842 realm
28843 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28844 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28845 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28846 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28847 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28848 what type of auth to use
28849 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28850 if one cannot be found in the cache
28852 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28854 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28855 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28857 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28858 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28859 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28860 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28861 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28862 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28863 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28864 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28866 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28868 ;;;***
28870 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-extract url-is-cached url-store-in-cache)
28871 ;;;;;; "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
28872 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28874 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28875 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28877 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28879 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28880 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28881 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28883 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28885 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28886 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28888 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28890 ;;;***
28892 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (20355 10021
28893 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
28894 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28896 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28899 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28901 ;;;***
28903 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-request url-dav-supported-p)
28904 ;;;;;; "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (20501 3499 284800 0))
28905 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28907 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28908 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28909 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28911 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28913 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28914 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
28915 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28916 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28918 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
28919 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
28920 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28921 though.
28923 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28925 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28926 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28927 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28929 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28931 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28934 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28936 ;;;***
28938 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (20602
28939 ;;;;;; 37158 321420 0))
28940 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28942 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28943 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28945 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28947 ;;;***
28949 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28950 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (20478 3673 653810 0))
28951 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28953 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28954 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28956 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28958 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28959 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28960 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28961 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28962 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28964 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28966 ;;;***
28968 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28969 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
28970 ;;;;;; (20584 7212 455152 0))
28971 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28973 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28974 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28975 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28976 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28977 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28978 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28980 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28982 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28983 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
28984 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
28985 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28986 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28988 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28990 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28991 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28992 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28993 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28995 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28997 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28998 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28999 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29000 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29001 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29002 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29003 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29004 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29005 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
29006 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29008 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
29010 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29011 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29012 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29013 accessible.
29015 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29017 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29020 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29022 ;;;***
29024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (20601 16294 451653
29025 ;;;;;; 0))
29026 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29027 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
29029 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
29030 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29031 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29032 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29033 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29035 ;;;***
29037 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (20355 10021
29038 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
29039 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29041 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29044 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29046 ;;;***
29048 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (20355
29049 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
29050 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29052 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29053 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29054 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29055 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29056 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29058 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29060 ;;;***
29062 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
29063 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
29064 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29066 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29069 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29071 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29072 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29074 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29076 ;;;***
29078 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
29079 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (20478 3673 653810
29080 ;;;;;; 0))
29081 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29083 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29084 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29086 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29088 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29089 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29091 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29093 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29096 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29098 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29100 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29102 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29104 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29105 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29107 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29109 ;;;***
29111 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
29112 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
29113 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29115 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29118 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29120 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29123 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29125 ;;;***
29127 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
29128 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
29129 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
29130 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29132 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29135 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29137 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29140 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29142 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29145 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29147 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29150 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29152 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29155 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29157 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29160 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29162 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29165 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29167 ;;;***
29169 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
29170 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (20648 50109 802321 0))
29171 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29173 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29174 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29176 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29178 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29179 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29180 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29182 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29183 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29184 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29185 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29186 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29187 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29188 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29189 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29190 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29191 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29192 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29193 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29194 FULLNESS is non-nil iff the hierarchical sequence component of
29195 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29197 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29198 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29199 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29201 Here is an example. The URL
29203 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29205 parses to
29207 TYPE = \"foo\"
29208 USER = \"bob\"
29209 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29210 HOST = \"example.com\"
29211 PORTSPEC = 42
29212 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29213 TARGET = \"nose\"
29214 ATTRIBUTES = nil
29215 FULLNESS = t
29217 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29219 ;;;***
29221 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
29222 ;;;;;; (20478 3673 653810 0))
29223 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29225 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29226 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29228 \(fn)" t nil)
29230 ;;;***
29232 ;;;### (autoloads (url-queue-retrieve) "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el"
29233 ;;;;;; (20478 3673 653810 0))
29234 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29236 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29237 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29238 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29239 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29240 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29241 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29243 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29245 ;;;***
29247 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
29248 ;;;;;; url-encode-url url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-build-query-string
29249 ;;;;;; url-parse-query-string url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory
29250 ;;;;;; url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces
29251 ;;;;;; url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message
29252 ;;;;;; url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args
29253 ;;;;;; url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (20584
29254 ;;;;;; 7212 455152 0))
29255 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29257 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29258 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29259 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29261 If t, all messages will be logged.
29262 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29263 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29265 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29267 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29270 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29272 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29275 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29277 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29278 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29279 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29280 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29281 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29282 & ==> &amp;
29283 < ==> &lt;
29284 > ==> &gt;
29285 \" ==> &quot;
29287 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29289 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29290 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29291 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29293 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29295 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29296 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29297 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29299 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29301 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29302 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29304 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29306 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29307 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29309 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29311 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29312 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29314 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29316 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
29319 \(fn N)" nil nil)
29321 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29324 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29326 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29329 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29331 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29333 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29334 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29336 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29338 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29339 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29341 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29343 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29346 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29348 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29349 Build a query-string.
29351 Given a QUERY in the form:
29352 '((key1 val1)
29353 (key2 val2)
29354 (key3 val1 val2)
29355 (key4)
29356 (key5 \"\"))
29358 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29360 This will return a string
29361 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29362 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29363 be used.
29365 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29367 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29368 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29370 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29372 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29373 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29374 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29375 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29376 forbidden in URL encoding.
29378 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29380 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29381 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29382 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29383 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29384 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29385 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29387 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29388 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29389 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29390 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29392 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29394 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29395 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29396 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29397 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29398 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29399 should return it unchanged.
29401 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29403 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29404 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29405 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29406 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29408 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29410 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29411 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29412 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29414 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29416 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29417 View the current document's URL.
29418 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29419 the minibuffer.
29421 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29423 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29425 ;;;***
29427 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29428 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (20555 6946 859539 0))
29429 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29431 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29432 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29433 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29434 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29435 to refrain from editing the file
29436 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29437 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29438 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29439 in any way you like.
29441 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29443 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29444 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29445 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29446 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29447 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29449 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29450 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29452 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29454 ;;;***
29456 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
29457 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
29458 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
29459 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29461 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29464 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29466 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29469 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29471 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29474 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29476 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29479 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29481 ;;;***
29483 ;;;### (autoloads (utf7-encode) "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (20355 10021
29484 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
29485 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29487 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29488 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29490 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29492 ;;;***
29494 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29495 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
29496 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
29497 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29499 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29500 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29501 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29502 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29504 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29506 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29507 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29508 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29510 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29512 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29513 Uudecode region between START and END.
29514 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29516 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29518 ;;;***
29520 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
29521 ;;;;;; vc-delete-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-pull
29522 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-log-outgoing vc-log-incoming vc-print-root-log
29523 ;;;;;; vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag vc-create-tag vc-merge vc-insert-headers
29524 ;;;;;; vc-revision-other-window vc-root-diff vc-ediff vc-version-ediff
29525 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-before-checkin-hook
29526 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc/vc.el" (20664
29527 ;;;;;; 38325 385623 0))
29528 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29530 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29531 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29532 See `run-hooks'.")
29534 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29536 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29537 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29538 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29540 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29542 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29543 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29544 See `run-hooks'.")
29546 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29548 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29549 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29550 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29551 same state. If not, signal an error.
29553 For merging-based version control systems:
29554 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29555 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29556 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29557 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29558 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29559 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29561 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29562 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29563 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29564 the file(s) for editing.
29565 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29566 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. If the variable
29567 `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
29568 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29569 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29570 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29572 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29574 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29575 Register into a version control system.
29576 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29577 Otherwise register the current file.
29578 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29579 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29581 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29582 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29583 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29584 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29585 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29586 first backend that could register the file is used.
29588 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29590 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29591 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29593 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29595 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29596 Display diffs between file revisions.
29597 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29598 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29599 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29601 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29602 saving the buffer.
29604 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29606 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29607 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29608 repository history using ediff.
29610 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29612 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29613 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29614 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29615 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29616 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29618 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29619 saving the buffer.
29621 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29623 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29624 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29625 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29626 fileset with the working revision.
29627 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29628 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29630 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29631 saving the buffer.
29633 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29635 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29636 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29637 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29638 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29640 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29642 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29643 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29644 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29645 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29647 \(fn)" t nil)
29649 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29650 Perform a version control merge operation.
29651 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29652 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29653 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29654 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29656 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29657 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29658 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29659 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29660 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29661 changes from the current branch.
29663 \(fn)" t nil)
29665 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29667 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29668 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29669 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29670 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29671 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29672 checked out in that new branch.
29674 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29676 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29677 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
29678 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29679 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29680 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29681 allowed and simply skipped).
29683 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29685 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29686 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29687 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29688 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29689 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29691 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29692 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29694 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29696 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29697 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29698 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29699 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29700 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29702 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29704 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29705 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29706 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION..
29708 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29710 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29711 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29712 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29714 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29716 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29717 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29718 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29719 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29721 \(fn)" t nil)
29723 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29724 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29725 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29726 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29728 \(fn)" t nil)
29730 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29732 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29733 Update the current fileset or branch.
29734 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29735 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29736 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29737 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29739 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29740 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29741 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29742 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29743 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29745 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29747 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29749 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29750 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29751 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29752 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29753 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29754 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29755 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29757 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29759 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29760 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29761 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29762 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29763 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29764 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29765 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29766 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29767 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29769 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29771 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29772 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29774 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29776 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29777 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29779 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29781 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29782 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29783 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29784 directory.
29786 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29788 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29789 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29790 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29792 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29793 log entries should be gathered.
29795 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29797 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29798 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29800 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29802 ;;;***
29804 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el"
29805 ;;;;;; (20478 3673 653810 0))
29806 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29808 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29809 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29811 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29812 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29813 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29814 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29815 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29816 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29818 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29819 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29820 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29821 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29822 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29823 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29824 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29825 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29827 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29829 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29831 Customization variables:
29833 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29834 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29835 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29836 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29838 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29840 ;;;***
29842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (20478 3673 653810
29843 ;;;;;; 0))
29844 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
29845 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29846 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29847 (progn
29848 (load "vc-arch")
29849 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29851 ;;;***
29853 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (20584 7212 455152
29854 ;;;;;; 0))
29855 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29857 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29858 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29860 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29861 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29862 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29863 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29864 (progn
29865 (load "vc-bzr")
29866 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29868 ;;;***
29870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (20542 46798 773957
29871 ;;;;;; 0))
29872 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29873 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29874 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29875 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29876 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29877 (load "vc-cvs")
29878 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29880 ;;;***
29882 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir vc-dir-mode) "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (20662
29883 ;;;;;; 46799 394737 457000))
29884 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29886 (autoload 'vc-dir-mode "vc-dir" "\
29887 Major mode for VC directory buffers.
29888 Marking/Unmarking key bindings and actions:
29889 m - mark a file/directory
29890 - if the region is active, mark all the files in region.
29891 Restrictions: - a file cannot be marked if any parent directory is marked
29892 - a directory cannot be marked if any child file or
29893 directory is marked
29894 u - unmark a file/directory
29895 - if the region is active, unmark all the files in region.
29896 M - if the cursor is on a file: mark all the files with the same state as
29897 the current file
29898 - if the cursor is on a directory: mark all child files
29899 - with a prefix argument: mark all files
29900 U - if the cursor is on a file: unmark all the files with the same state
29901 as the current file
29902 - if the cursor is on a directory: unmark all child files
29903 - with a prefix argument: unmark all files
29904 mouse-2 - toggles the mark state
29906 VC commands
29907 VC commands in the `C-x v' prefix can be used.
29908 VC commands act on the marked entries. If nothing is marked, VC
29909 commands act on the current entry.
29911 Search & Replace
29912 S - searches the marked files
29913 Q - does a query replace on the marked files
29914 M-s a C-s - does an isearch on the marked files
29915 M-s a C-M-s - does a regexp isearch on the marked files
29916 If nothing is marked, these commands act on the current entry.
29917 When a directory is current or marked, the Search & Replace
29918 commands act on the child files of that directory that are displayed in
29919 the *vc-dir* buffer.
29921 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29923 \(fn)" t nil)
29925 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29926 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29927 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29928 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29929 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29931 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29932 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29933 The file lines appear later.
29935 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29936 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29938 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29940 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29942 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29944 ;;;***
29946 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el"
29947 ;;;;;; (20489 12324 656827 0))
29948 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29950 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29951 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29952 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29953 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29954 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29955 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29956 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29957 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29958 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29959 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29960 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29961 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29962 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29963 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29964 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29966 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29968 ;;;***
29970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (20664 38325 385623
29971 ;;;;;; 0))
29972 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29973 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29974 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29975 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29976 (progn
29977 (load "vc-git")
29978 (vc-git-registered file))))
29980 ;;;***
29982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (20665 26237 235433 272000))
29983 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29984 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29985 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29986 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29987 (progn
29988 (load "vc-hg")
29989 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29991 ;;;***
29993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (20524 51365 2559 0))
29994 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29996 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29997 Name of the monotone directory.")
29999 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
30000 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
30001 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
30002 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
30003 (progn
30004 (load "vc-mtn")
30005 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
30007 ;;;***
30009 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el"
30010 ;;;;;; (20584 7212 455152 0))
30011 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
30013 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
30014 Where to look for RCS master files.
30015 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30017 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
30019 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
30021 ;;;***
30023 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el"
30024 ;;;;;; (20584 7212 455152 0))
30025 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
30027 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
30028 Where to look for SCCS master files.
30029 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30031 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30033 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30035 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
30036 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30037 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30038 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30040 ;;;***
30042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (20648 50109 802321
30043 ;;;;;; 0))
30044 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
30045 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30046 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30047 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30048 "_svn")
30049 (t ".svn"))))
30050 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
30051 (load "vc-svn")
30052 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30054 ;;;***
30056 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
30057 ;;;;;; (20577 33959 40183 0))
30058 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30059 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
30061 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30062 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30064 Usage:
30065 ------
30067 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30068 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30069 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30070 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30072 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30073 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30074 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30075 completions.
30077 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30078 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30080 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30081 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30083 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30084 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30085 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30087 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30090 Maintenance:
30091 ------------
30093 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30094 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30096 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30098 Official distribution is at
30099 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
30102 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30103 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30105 Key bindings:
30106 -------------
30108 \\{vera-mode-map}
30110 \(fn)" t nil)
30112 ;;;***
30114 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30115 ;;;;;; (20593 22184 581574 0))
30116 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30118 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30119 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30120 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30121 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30122 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30124 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30126 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30127 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30129 Supports highlighting.
30131 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30132 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30134 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30136 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30137 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30138 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30139 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30140 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30141 on the left side of your screen.
30142 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30143 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30144 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30145 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30146 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30147 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30148 function keyword.
30149 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30150 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
30151 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30152 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30153 if (a)
30154 begin
30155 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30156 Indentation for case statements.
30157 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30158 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30159 mark after an end.
30160 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30161 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30162 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30163 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30164 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30165 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30166 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30167 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30168 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30169 if (a)
30170 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30171 otherwise you get:
30172 if (a)
30173 begin
30174 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30175 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30176 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30177 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30178 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30179 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30180 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30181 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30182 comments in tight quarters.
30183 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
30184 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30186 Variables controlling other actions:
30188 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30189 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30190 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30192 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30194 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30196 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30197 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30198 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30200 Some other functions are:
30202 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30203 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30204 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30205 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30206 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30208 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30209 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30210 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30211 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30213 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30214 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30215 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30216 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30217 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30218 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30219 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30220 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30221 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30222 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
30223 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-class] Insert an UVM Class block.
30224 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30225 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30226 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30227 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30228 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30229 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30230 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30231 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30232 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30233 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30234 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30235 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30236 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30237 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30238 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30239 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30240 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30241 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30242 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30244 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30245 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30247 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30249 \(fn)" t nil)
30251 ;;;***
30253 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
30254 ;;;;;; (20593 22184 581574 0))
30255 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30257 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30258 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30260 Usage:
30261 ------
30263 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30264 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30265 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30266 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30267 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30268 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30269 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30270 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30271 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30273 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30274 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30275 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30276 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30278 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30279 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30280 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30281 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30282 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30284 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30285 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30288 HEADER INSERTION:
30289 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30290 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30291 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30294 STUTTERING:
30295 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30296 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30297 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30298 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30300 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30301 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30302 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30303 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30304 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30307 WORD COMPLETION:
30308 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30309 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30310 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30311 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30313 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30314 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30315 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30316 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30317 beginning with \"std\").
30319 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30320 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30321 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30322 stop.
30325 COMMENTS:
30326 `--' puts a single comment.
30327 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30328 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30329 with a comment in between.
30330 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30331 out following lines.
30332 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30333 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30334 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30335 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30337 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30338 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30339 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30340 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30341 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30342 non-nil.
30344 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30345 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30346 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30347 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30348 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30349 multi-line comments.
30352 INDENTATION:
30353 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30354 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30355 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30356 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30357 the entire region.
30359 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30360 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30361 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30362 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30364 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30365 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30366 and vice versa.
30368 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30369 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30371 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30372 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30373 line.
30376 ALIGNMENT:
30377 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30378 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30379 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30380 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30381 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30382 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30383 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30384 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30386 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30387 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30388 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30389 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30390 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30391 is non-nil.
30393 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30394 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30395 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30397 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30398 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30401 CODE FILLING:
30402 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30403 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30404 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30405 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30406 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30407 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30410 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30411 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30412 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30413 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30414 command:
30416 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30419 PORT TRANSLATION:
30420 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30421 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30422 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30423 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30424 internal signal initializations (menu).
30426 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30427 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30428 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30430 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30431 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30432 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30433 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30434 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30435 in subsequent paste operations.)
30437 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30438 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30439 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30442 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30443 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30444 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30445 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30446 association list with formals).
30449 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30450 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30451 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30452 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30453 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30454 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30455 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30456 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30457 `vhdl-testbench'.
30460 KEY BINDINGS:
30461 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30464 VHDL MENU:
30465 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30468 FILE BROWSER:
30469 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30470 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30471 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30473 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30474 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30477 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30478 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30479 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30480 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30482 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30483 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30484 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30486 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30487 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30488 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30489 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30491 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30492 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30493 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30494 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30495 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30497 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30498 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30499 required by secondary units.
30502 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30503 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30504 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30505 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30506 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30507 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30508 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30509 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30510 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30511 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30512 inputs to this component -> input port created
30513 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30514 outputs from this component -> output port created
30515 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30516 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30518 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30519 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30520 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30521 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30522 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30524 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30525 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30527 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30528 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30529 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30530 component instantiation is also supported (option
30531 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30533 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30534 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30535 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30536 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30537 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30538 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30539 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30540 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30541 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30542 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30543 generating the configuration.
30545 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30546 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30547 configurations in speedbar.
30549 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30552 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30553 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30554 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30555 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30556 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30557 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30558 information. New compilers can be added.
30560 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30561 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30564 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30565 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30566 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30567 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30568 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30570 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30571 command:
30573 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30574 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30575 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30577 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30578 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30579 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30580 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30581 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30582 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30583 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30584 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30585 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30587 Limitations:
30588 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30589 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30590 not (yet) supported.
30591 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30592 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30593 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30596 PROJECTS:
30597 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30598 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30599 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30600 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30601 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30602 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30603 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30604 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30606 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30607 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30608 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30609 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30610 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30611 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30612 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30613 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30614 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30615 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30616 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30619 SPECIAL MENUES:
30620 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30621 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30622 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30623 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30624 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
30625 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30626 current directory for VHDL source files.
30629 VHDL STANDARDS:
30630 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30631 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30634 KEYWORD CASE:
30635 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30636 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30637 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30638 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30639 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30640 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30641 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30642 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30645 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30646 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30647 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30648 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30649 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30650 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30651 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30653 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30654 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30655 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30656 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30657 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30658 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30660 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30661 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30662 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30663 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30664 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30665 visually.
30667 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30668 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30669 highlighted if written in lower case.
30671 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30672 highlighted using a different background color if option
30673 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30675 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30676 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30677 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30678 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30679 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30682 USER MODELS:
30683 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30684 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30685 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30688 HIDE/SHOW:
30689 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30690 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30691 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30692 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30693 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30696 CODE UPDATING:
30697 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30698 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30699 Limitations:
30700 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30701 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30702 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30703 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30704 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30705 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30706 (used to obtain the port names).
30707 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30708 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30709 sensitivity lists.
30712 CODE FIXING:
30713 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30714 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30717 PRINTING:
30718 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30719 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30720 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30721 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30722 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30723 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30724 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30725 printers.
30728 OPTIONS:
30729 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30730 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30731 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30732 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30733 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30735 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30736 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30737 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30738 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30739 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30740 INSTALL file).
30742 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30743 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30746 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30747 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30748 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30749 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30751 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
30754 HINTS:
30755 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30756 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30758 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30760 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30762 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30765 RELEASE NOTES:
30766 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30769 Maintenance:
30770 ------------
30772 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30773 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30775 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30777 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30778 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30779 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30780 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30782 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30783 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30784 where the latest version can be found.
30787 Known problems:
30788 ---------------
30790 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30791 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30792 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30793 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30796 The VHDL Mode Authors
30797 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30799 Key bindings:
30800 -------------
30802 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30804 \(fn)" t nil)
30806 ;;;***
30808 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (20566 63671 243798
30809 ;;;;;; 0))
30810 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30812 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30813 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30814 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30815 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30817 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30818 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30819 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30820 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30821 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30823 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30824 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30826 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30828 * Limitations and unsupported features
30829 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30830 not supported.
30831 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30832 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30834 * Modifications
30835 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30836 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30837 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30838 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30839 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30840 for undoing a repeated change command.
30841 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30842 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30843 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30845 * Extensions
30846 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30847 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30848 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30849 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30850 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30851 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30852 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30853 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30855 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30857 \(fn)" t nil)
30859 ;;;***
30861 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
30862 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
30863 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
30864 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
30865 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30867 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30868 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30870 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30872 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30873 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30874 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30875 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30877 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30879 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30880 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30882 \(fn)" t nil)
30884 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30885 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30886 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30887 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30889 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30891 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30892 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30894 \(fn)" t nil)
30896 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30899 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30901 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30904 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30906 ;;;***
30908 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
30909 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
30910 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
30911 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
30912 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (20577 33959 40183 0))
30913 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30915 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30916 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30917 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30919 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30921 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30922 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30923 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30924 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30926 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30928 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30929 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30931 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30933 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30934 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30935 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30936 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30937 moving around in the buffer.
30938 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30939 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30941 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30943 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30945 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30946 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30947 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30948 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30950 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30951 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30952 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30953 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30954 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30956 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30958 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30960 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30961 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30962 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30963 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30964 buffer.
30966 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30967 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30968 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30969 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30970 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30972 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30974 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30976 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30977 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30978 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30979 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30980 moving around in the buffer.
30981 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30982 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30984 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30986 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30987 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30988 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30990 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30991 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30992 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30993 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30995 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30996 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30997 own View-like bindings.
30999 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31001 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
31002 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
31003 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31004 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31005 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31006 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31007 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31009 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31011 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31013 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31014 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31015 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31017 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31018 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31019 own View-like bindings.
31021 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31023 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
31024 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
31025 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31026 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31027 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31028 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31029 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31031 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31033 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31035 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31036 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31037 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31039 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31040 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31041 own View-like bindings.
31043 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31045 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
31046 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
31047 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
31048 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
31049 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31051 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
31052 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
31053 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
31054 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
31056 \\<view-mode-map>
31058 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
31059 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
31060 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
31061 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
31062 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
31063 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
31064 to a repeat count of one.
31066 H, h, ? This message.
31067 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31068 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
31069 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31070 > move to the end of buffer.
31071 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31072 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31073 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31074 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31075 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31076 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31077 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31078 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31079 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31080 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31081 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31082 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31083 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31084 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31085 Use this to view a changing file.
31086 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31087 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31088 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31089 . set the mark.
31090 x exchanges point and mark.
31091 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31092 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31093 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31094 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31095 ' go to position saved in character register.
31096 s do forward incremental search.
31097 r do reverse incremental search.
31098 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31099 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31100 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31101 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31102 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31103 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31104 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31105 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31106 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31107 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31108 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31109 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31110 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31111 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31112 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31113 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31114 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31116 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31117 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31118 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31119 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31120 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31121 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31122 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31123 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31124 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31126 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31128 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31130 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31131 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31132 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31133 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31134 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
31135 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31136 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31137 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31138 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31140 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31142 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." "24.1")
31144 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31145 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31146 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
31147 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
31148 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
31149 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
31151 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
31152 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31153 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31155 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31157 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31159 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31161 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31162 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31164 \(fn)" t nil)
31166 ;;;***
31168 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (20513
31169 ;;;;;; 18948 537867 0))
31170 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
31172 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
31173 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
31175 \(fn)" nil nil)
31177 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
31178 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
31180 \(fn)" t nil)
31182 ;;;***
31184 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
31185 ;;;;;; (20566 63671 243798 0))
31186 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31188 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31189 Toggle Viper on/off.
31190 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31192 \(fn)" t nil)
31194 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31195 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31197 \(fn)" t nil)
31199 ;;;***
31201 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
31202 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
31203 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31205 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31206 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31207 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31208 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31209 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31210 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31211 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31212 the beginning of the warning.")
31214 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31215 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31216 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31217 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31218 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31219 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31220 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31221 also call that function before the next warning.")
31223 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31224 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31226 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31227 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31228 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31229 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31231 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31232 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31233 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31234 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31235 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31236 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31238 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31239 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31240 Default is :warning.
31242 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31243 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31244 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31245 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31246 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31247 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31249 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31250 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31251 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31253 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31255 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31256 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31258 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31260 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31261 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31262 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31263 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31265 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31266 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31267 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31268 can be whatever you like.)
31270 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31271 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31273 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31274 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31275 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31276 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31277 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31279 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31281 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31282 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31283 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31284 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31285 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31287 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31289 ;;;***
31291 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
31292 ;;;;;; (20656 44218 805102 0))
31293 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31295 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31296 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31297 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31298 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31299 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31300 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31301 directories to reflect your edits.
31303 See `wdired-mode'.
31305 \(fn)" t nil)
31307 ;;;***
31309 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (20566 63671
31310 ;;;;;; 243798 0))
31311 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31313 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31314 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31316 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31317 hotlist.
31319 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31320 <nwv@acm.org>.
31322 \(fn)" t nil)
31324 ;;;***
31326 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
31327 ;;;;;; (20613 49078 764749 0))
31328 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31329 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31330 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31332 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31334 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31335 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31336 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31337 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31338 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31339 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31341 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31343 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31344 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31345 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31346 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31347 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31349 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31350 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31351 in certain major modes.
31353 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31355 ;;;***
31357 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
31358 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
31359 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
31360 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (20508 13724
31361 ;;;;;; 260761 0))
31362 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31364 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31365 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31366 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31367 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31368 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31370 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31371 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31373 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31375 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31376 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31377 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31378 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31379 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31381 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31382 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31383 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31384 use `whitespace-mode'.
31386 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31388 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31390 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31391 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31392 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31393 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31394 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31395 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31397 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31399 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31400 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31401 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31402 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31403 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31405 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31406 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31408 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31410 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31411 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31412 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31413 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31414 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31415 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31417 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31419 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31420 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31421 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31422 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31423 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31425 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31426 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31427 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31428 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31430 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31432 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31434 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31435 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31437 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31438 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31440 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31441 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31443 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31445 CHAR MEANING
31446 (VIA FACES)
31447 f toggle face visualization
31448 t toggle TAB visualization
31449 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31450 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31451 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31452 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31453 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31454 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31455 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31456 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31457 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31458 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31459 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31460 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31461 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31462 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31463 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31465 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31466 T toggle TAB visualization
31467 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31468 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31470 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31471 ? display brief help
31473 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31474 The valid symbols are:
31476 face toggle face visualization
31477 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31478 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31479 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31480 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31481 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31482 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31483 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31484 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31485 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31486 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31487 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31488 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31489 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31490 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31491 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31492 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31494 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31495 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31496 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31498 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31500 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31502 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31504 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31505 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31507 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31508 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31510 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31511 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31513 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31515 CHAR MEANING
31516 (VIA FACES)
31517 f toggle face visualization
31518 t toggle TAB visualization
31519 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31520 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31521 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31522 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31523 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31524 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31525 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31526 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31527 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31528 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31529 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31530 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31531 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31532 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31533 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31535 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31536 T toggle TAB visualization
31537 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31538 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31540 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31541 ? display brief help
31543 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31544 The valid symbols are:
31546 face toggle face visualization
31547 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31548 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31549 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31550 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31551 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31552 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31553 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31554 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31555 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31556 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31557 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31558 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31559 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31560 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31561 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31562 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31564 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31565 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31566 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31568 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31570 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31572 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31574 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31575 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31577 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31578 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31579 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31580 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31581 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31583 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31585 The problems cleaned up are:
31587 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31588 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31589 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31590 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31592 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31593 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31594 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31595 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31596 SPACEs.
31597 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31598 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31599 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31600 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31602 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31603 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31604 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31605 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31606 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31607 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31608 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31609 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31611 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31612 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31613 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31615 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31616 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31617 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31618 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31619 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31620 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31621 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31622 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31624 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31625 documentation.
31627 \(fn)" t nil)
31629 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31630 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31632 The problems cleaned up are:
31634 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31635 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31636 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31637 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31638 SPACEs.
31639 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31640 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31641 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31642 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31644 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31645 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31646 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31647 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31648 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31649 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31650 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31651 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31653 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31654 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31655 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31657 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31658 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31659 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31660 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31661 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31662 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31663 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31664 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31666 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31667 documentation.
31669 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31671 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31672 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31674 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31675 non-nil.
31677 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31678 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31679 `whitespace-style' to have:
31681 empty
31682 trailing
31683 indentation
31684 space-before-tab
31685 space-after-tab
31687 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31688 whitespace problems in buffer.
31690 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31692 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31693 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31694 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31695 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31696 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31697 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31698 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31700 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31701 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31702 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31703 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31704 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31705 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31706 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31708 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31709 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31710 cleaning up these problems.
31712 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31714 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31715 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31717 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31718 non-nil.
31720 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31721 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31722 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31724 empty
31725 indentation
31726 space-before-tab
31727 trailing
31728 space-after-tab
31730 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31731 whitespace problems in buffer.
31733 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31735 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31736 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31737 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31738 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31739 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31740 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31741 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31743 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31744 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31745 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31746 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31747 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31748 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31749 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31751 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31752 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31753 cleaning up these problems.
31755 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31757 ;;;***
31759 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
31760 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (20478 3673
31761 ;;;;;; 653810 0))
31762 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31764 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31765 Browse the widget under point.
31767 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31769 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31770 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31772 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31774 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31775 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31777 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31779 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31780 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31781 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31782 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31783 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31785 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31787 ;;;***
31789 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
31790 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (20373
31791 ;;;;;; 11301 906925 0))
31792 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31794 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31795 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31797 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31799 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31800 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31801 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31803 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31805 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31806 Create widget of TYPE.
31807 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31809 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31811 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31812 Delete WIDGET.
31814 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31816 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31817 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31819 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31821 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31822 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31823 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31824 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31826 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31827 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31829 \(fn)" nil nil)
31831 ;;;***
31833 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
31834 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (20566
31835 ;;;;;; 63671 243798 0))
31836 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31838 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31839 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31840 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31841 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31842 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31843 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31844 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31846 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31848 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31849 Select the window above the current one.
31850 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31851 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31852 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31853 negative ARG) of the current window.
31854 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31856 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31858 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31859 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31860 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31861 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31862 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31863 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31864 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31866 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31868 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31869 Select the window below the current one.
31870 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31871 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31872 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31873 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31874 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31876 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31878 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31879 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31880 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31881 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31883 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31885 ;;;***
31887 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el" (20584 7212
31888 ;;;;;; 455152 0))
31889 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31891 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31892 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31893 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31894 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31895 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31896 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31898 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31900 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31901 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31902 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31903 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31904 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31905 \\{winner-mode-map}
31907 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31909 ;;;***
31911 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-bookmark-jump woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file
31912 ;;;;;; woman woman-locale) "woman" "woman.el" (20657 65077 880084
31913 ;;;;;; 0))
31914 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31916 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31917 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31918 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31919 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31920 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31922 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31924 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31925 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31926 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31927 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31928 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31929 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31930 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31931 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31933 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31934 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31936 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31938 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31939 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31941 \(fn)" t nil)
31943 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31944 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31945 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31946 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31947 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31948 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31949 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31950 `woman' command for further details.
31952 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31954 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31955 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31957 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31959 ;;;***
31961 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
31962 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
31963 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31965 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31966 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31968 BUGS:
31969 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31970 are not implemented
31971 - Options for search and replace
31972 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31973 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31975 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31976 Emacs-like.
31978 The key bindings are:
31980 C-a backward-word
31981 C-b fill-paragraph
31982 C-c scroll-up-line
31983 C-d forward-char
31984 C-e previous-line
31985 C-f forward-word
31986 C-g delete-char
31987 C-h backward-char
31988 C-i indent-for-tab-command
31989 C-j help-for-help
31990 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
31991 C-l ws-repeat-search
31992 C-n open-line
31993 C-p quoted-insert
31994 C-r scroll-down-line
31995 C-s backward-char
31996 C-t kill-word
31997 C-u keyboard-quit
31998 C-v overwrite-mode
31999 C-w scroll-down
32000 C-x next-line
32001 C-y kill-complete-line
32002 C-z scroll-up
32004 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
32005 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
32006 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
32007 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
32008 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
32009 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
32010 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
32011 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
32012 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
32013 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
32014 C-k b ws-begin-block
32015 C-k c ws-copy-block
32016 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
32017 C-k f find-file
32018 C-k h ws-show-markers
32019 C-k i ws-indent-block
32020 C-k k ws-end-block
32021 C-k p ws-print-block
32022 C-k q kill-emacs
32023 C-k r insert-file
32024 C-k s save-some-buffers
32025 C-k t ws-mark-word
32026 C-k u ws-exdent-block
32027 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
32028 C-k v ws-move-block
32029 C-k w ws-write-block
32030 C-k x kill-emacs
32031 C-k y ws-delete-block
32033 C-o c wordstar-center-line
32034 C-o b switch-to-buffer
32035 C-o j justify-current-line
32036 C-o k kill-buffer
32037 C-o l list-buffers
32038 C-o m auto-fill-mode
32039 C-o r set-fill-column
32040 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
32041 C-o wd delete-other-windows
32042 C-o wh split-window-right
32043 C-o wo other-window
32044 C-o wv split-window-below
32046 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
32047 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
32048 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
32049 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
32050 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
32051 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
32052 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
32053 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
32054 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
32055 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
32056 C-q a ws-query-replace
32057 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
32058 C-q c end-of-buffer
32059 C-q d end-of-line
32060 C-q f ws-search
32061 C-q k ws-to-block-end
32062 C-q l ws-undo
32063 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
32064 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
32065 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
32066 C-q w ws-last-error
32067 C-q y ws-kill-eol
32068 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
32070 \(fn)" t nil)
32072 ;;;***
32074 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (20478 3673
32075 ;;;;;; 653810 0))
32076 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
32078 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
32079 Perform an interactive search.
32080 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
32081 entries of `xesam-search-engines'. QUERY is the search string in the
32082 Xesam user query language. If the search engine does not support
32083 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
32085 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
32086 Example:
32088 (xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) \"emacs\")
32090 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
32092 ;;;***
32094 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
32095 ;;;;;; (20528 48420 241677 0))
32096 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
32098 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
32099 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
32100 Return the top node with all its children.
32101 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
32103 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32104 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32105 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32107 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32109 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32110 namespace to URIs instead.
32112 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
32113 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
32115 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32117 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32119 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32121 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
32122 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
32123 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
32124 not contain well-formed XML.
32126 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
32127 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
32128 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
32129 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
32130 element of the list.
32131 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32132 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32133 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32135 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32137 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32138 namespace to URIs instead.
32140 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
32141 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
32143 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32145 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32147 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32149 ;;;***
32151 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
32152 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
32153 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32155 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32156 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32157 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32158 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32159 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32160 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32161 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32162 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32163 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
32164 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32166 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32168 ;;;***
32170 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (20485
32171 ;;;;;; 15269 390836 0))
32172 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32174 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32175 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32176 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32177 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32178 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32179 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32181 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32183 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32184 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32185 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
32186 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32187 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32189 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32190 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32191 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32192 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32193 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32194 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32196 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32198 ;;;***
32200 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
32201 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
32202 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32204 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32205 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32207 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32209 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32210 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32212 \(fn)" nil nil)
32214 ;;;***
32216 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
32217 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (20364 42504 244840 586000))
32218 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
32220 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
32221 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
32223 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
32225 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
32226 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
32228 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
32230 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
32231 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
32232 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
32234 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
32236 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
32237 Zippy goes to the analyst.
32239 \(fn)" t nil)
32241 ;;;***
32243 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (20545 57511 257469
32244 ;;;;;; 0))
32245 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32247 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32248 Zone out, completely.
32250 \(fn)" t nil)
32252 ;;;***
32254 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
32255 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
32256 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
32257 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
32258 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
32259 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
32260 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
32261 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
32262 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
32263 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
32264 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
32265 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
32266 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
32267 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
32268 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
32269 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
32270 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
32271 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
32272 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
32273 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
32274 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
32275 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/cedet.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el"
32276 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
32277 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
32278 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
32279 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el"
32280 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el"
32281 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el"
32282 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el"
32283 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
32284 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
32285 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el"
32286 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el"
32287 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/pulse.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el"
32288 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
32289 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el"
32290 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el"
32291 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
32292 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
32293 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el"
32294 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
32295 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
32296 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
32297 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
32298 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
32299 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32300 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32301 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32302 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32303 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32304 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32305 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32306 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32307 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
32308 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
32309 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
32310 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
32311 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
32312 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
32313 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32314 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32315 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32316 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32317 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
32318 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
32319 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
32320 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
32321 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32322 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32323 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32324 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32325 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
32326 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el"
32327 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/table.el" "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el"
32328 ;;;;;; "cus-dep.el" "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el"
32329 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
32330 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
32331 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/chart.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el"
32332 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl.el"
32333 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
32334 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el"
32335 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
32336 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
32337 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
32338 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
32339 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
32340 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
32341 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
32342 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
32343 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
32344 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
32345 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
32346 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
32347 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
32348 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
32349 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
32350 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
32351 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
32352 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "foldout.el" "format-spec.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el"
32353 ;;;;;; "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
32354 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
32355 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
32356 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
32357 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el"
32358 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el"
32359 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el"
32360 ;;;;;; "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
32361 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
32362 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-archive.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el"
32363 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
32364 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el"
32365 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
32366 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el"
32367 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
32368 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el"
32369 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
32370 ;;;;;; "gnus/registry.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el"
32371 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/shr-color.el"
32372 ;;;;;; "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el"
32373 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el"
32374 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
32375 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32376 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
32377 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
32378 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
32379 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
32380 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
32381 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
32382 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
32383 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "json.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
32384 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
32385 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el"
32386 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailedit.el"
32387 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
32388 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/undigest.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
32389 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
32390 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
32391 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32392 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32393 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32394 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32395 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
32396 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
32397 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
32398 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
32399 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/ntlm.el" "net/sasl-cram.el"
32400 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/soap-client.el"
32401 ;;;;;; "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
32402 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
32403 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
32404 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
32405 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32406 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32407 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32408 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32409 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32410 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
32411 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
32412 ;;;;;; "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
32413 ;;;;;; "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el"
32414 ;;;;;; "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el"
32415 ;;;;;; "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el"
32416 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el"
32417 ;;;;;; "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el"
32418 ;;;;;; "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el"
32419 ;;;;;; "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el"
32420 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scala.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
32421 ;;;;;; "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el"
32422 ;;;;;; "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-ascii.el"
32423 ;;;;;; "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-bibtex.el"
32424 ;;;;;; "org/org-clock.el" "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el"
32425 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-docbook.el" "org/org-docview.el"
32426 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el"
32427 ;;;;;; "org/org-exp-blocks.el" "org/org-exp.el" "org/org-faces.el"
32428 ;;;;;; "org/org-feed.el" "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-freemind.el"
32429 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-html.el" "org/org-icalendar.el"
32430 ;;;;;; "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
32431 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el"
32432 ;;;;;; "org/org-latex.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
32433 ;;;;;; "org/org-lparse.el" "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el"
32434 ;;;;;; "org/org-mew.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mks.el" "org/org-mobile.el"
32435 ;;;;;; "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-odt.el" "org/org-pcomplete.el"
32436 ;;;;;; "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-publish.el"
32437 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-special-blocks.el"
32438 ;;;;;; "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-taskjuggler.el"
32439 ;;;;;; "org/org-timer.el" "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-w3m.el" "org/org-wl.el"
32440 ;;;;;; "org/org-xoxo.el" "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el"
32441 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el"
32442 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el"
32443 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el"
32444 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el"
32445 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el"
32446 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32447 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32448 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32449 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
32450 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
32451 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
32452 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
32453 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
32454 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
32455 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
32456 ;;;;;; "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el"
32457 ;;;;;; "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el"
32458 ;;;;;; "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
32459 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
32460 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
32461 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
32462 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-common-fns.el"
32463 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (20665 59400 557912
32464 ;;;;;; 519000))
32466 ;;;***
32468 (provide 'loaddefs)
32469 ;; Local Variables:
32470 ;; version-control: never
32471 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32472 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32473 ;; coding: utf-8
32474 ;; End:
32475 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here